WO2015176318A1 - A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream - Google Patents

A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015176318A1
WO2015176318A1 PCT/CN2014/078309 CN2014078309W WO2015176318A1 WO 2015176318 A1 WO2015176318 A1 WO 2015176318A1 CN 2014078309 W CN2014078309 W CN 2014078309W WO 2015176318 A1 WO2015176318 A1 WO 2015176318A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
mag
interface
message
flow entry
sdn controller
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2014/078309
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
薛开平
殷静
倪丹
魏鑫鹏
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
中国科学技术大学
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司, 中国科学技术大学 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to CN201480030146.9A priority Critical patent/CN105308936A/en
Priority to PCT/CN2014/078309 priority patent/WO2015176318A1/en
Publication of WO2015176318A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015176318A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L61/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for addressing or naming

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data stream moving method, a network system, and an SDN controller.
  • IPv6 protocol extends two core functional entities at the network layer, namely Local Mobile Mobility Anchor (LMA) and Mobile Access Gateway (MAG, Mobile Access Gateway). ).
  • LMA Local Mobile Mobility Anchor
  • MAG Mobile Access Gateway
  • the MAG is located on the link anchored by the mobile node (MN, Mobile Node), and is responsible for detecting the movement of the MN;
  • MN mobile node
  • the LMA is a topology anchoring point of all data flows of the MN, and is responsible for allocating data streams through the MN interface. Communication address prefix.
  • Proxy Mobile IPv6 Protocol Support MN accesses multiple networks simultaneously through multiple interfaces. There may be multiple different data streams on each interface. When a new interface is accessed or a certain interface is congested, the data flow is triggered.
  • multiple interfaces of the MN can access different MAGs through different networks, and are anchored to the same LMA.
  • the LMA performs unified management on all interfaces of the MN and the MAGs accessed by these interfaces.
  • the data stream movement function can implement switching on different interfaces in units of data streams.
  • complex signaling interaction between the LMA and the MAG is required to realize the movement of the data stream, so that when the frequency occurs frequently
  • the LMA and the different MAGs need to have more frequent and complex signaling interactions, and the network element devices LMA and MAG can only be applied to the proxy mobile IPv6 protocol. If the protocol is replaced, the network element device should be replaced accordingly. In turn, it causes huge waste in network construction.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a data flow moving method, a network system and an SDN controller, which solves the problem that the network element device has a large number of signaling negotiation and interaction in the proxy mobile IPv6 protocol, and solves the problem due to the protocol change.
  • a first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a software-defined network SDN controller, including: a first determining unit, configured to determine that a first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of a mobile node MN to the MN a second interface, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, and the mobile interface included in the second path is determined Whether the inbound MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device; a second determining unit, configured to determine, in the network element device of the second path, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message according to the determination result of the first determining unit;
  • a first sending unit configured to send, to the network element device that is required to receive the flow entry adjustment message, by the second determining unit, the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first A data stream is moved from the first path to the second path.
  • the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts according to the flow entry
  • the content of the message adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
  • the second determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and when the same device is the first MAG, the first MAG is determined to be a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message. ;
  • the first sending unit is configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts a message according to the first flow entry. Modifying, by the content, the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry;
  • the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
  • the second determining unit is specifically configured to:
  • the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first MAG, and when the second path includes the second MAG, the local move is determined.
  • the anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
  • the first sending unit includes:
  • a first sending subunit configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adjusts the message according to the second flow entry Adding a second flow entry to the content;
  • a second sending subunit configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry - -
  • the flow entry in the LMA is modified to the third flow entry;
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream to the first Two interfaces;
  • the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
  • the first determining unit is further configured to: determine that the first data needs to be determined Before the flow moves from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, determining that the second MAG in the second path does not establish a tunnel with the LMA;
  • the SDN controller further includes:
  • a second sending unit configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes the LMA side of a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG
  • the tunneling interface, the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
  • a third sending unit configured to send a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG
  • the tunnel interface of the second MAG side, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller further includes :
  • a third determining unit configured to determine that the LMA and the second MAG adjust a flow entry
  • an encapsulating unit configured to encapsulate a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA message
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • Obtaining a subunit configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, where the first determining subunit is configured to determine, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load Value
  • the acquiring subunit is further configured to acquire load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN;
  • the first determining unit further includes:
  • a sub-unit configured to select the second MAG for the MN according to the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface acquired by the acquiring sub-unit and the location of the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface.
  • the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • a second determining subunit configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state
  • a first receiving subunit configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
  • a third determining subunit configured to determine, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • a fourth determining subunit configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state
  • a second receiving subunit configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface
  • a fifth determining subunit configured to determine, according to the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the first determining unit includes: a sixth determining subunit, configured to determine The MN turns on the second interface that is not turned on;
  • a third receiving subunit configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN;
  • a seventh determining subunit configured to determine, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
  • a fourth receiving subunit configured to: when the MN has more than two interfaces, receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the MN L2 layer attachment request;
  • an eighth determining subunit configured to determine, according to the fourth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the first determining unit includes:
  • a ninth determining subunit configured to determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and a fifth receiving subunit, configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG;
  • a tenth determining subunit configured to determine, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
  • the fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used by the MN to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
  • a second aspect of the present invention provides a network system, where the system includes: a mobile node MN, a software custom network SDN controller, and at least one mobile access gateway MAG;
  • the SDN controller is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, Determining, by the second interface, the second path of the first data stream, and determining whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
  • the SDN controller is further configured to: determine, according to the determination result, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller in the network element device of the second path;
  • the SDN controller is further configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data is to be sent The flow moves from the first path to the second path.
  • the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts according to the flow entry The content of the message adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
  • the at least one MAG includes the first MAG;
  • the SDN controller is specifically configured to: when the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the same device is the first MAG, Determining that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller;
  • the SDN controller is configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the first MAG to adjust the content of the message according to the first flow entry. Modifying the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; Table operation: Set the next hop of the first data stream to the second interface.
  • the system further includes: a local mobility anchor point LMA, the at least one MAG The first MAG and the second MAG are included;
  • the SDN controller is specifically configured to: when the determining result is included in the first path
  • the MAG is not in the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first MAG, and when the second path includes the second MAG, determining the LMA and the
  • the second MAG is a network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
  • the SDN controller is configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate Adding, by the second MAG, the second flow entry according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message;
  • the SDN controller is further configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry.
  • the flow entry in the LMA is modified to a third flow entry;
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
  • the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is the first Communication address prefix of the data stream; flow table operation: Forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
  • the SDN controller is further configured to determine that the first Determining that the second MAG and the LMA in the second path do not establish a tunnel before moving the data stream from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
  • the SDN controller is further configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
  • the SDN controller is further configured to send a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller And after determining, by sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, determining that the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and prefixing the communication address of the first data flow. Encapsulated in the router advertisement RA message, the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller is further configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, and determine, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load And obtaining the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface of the MN, and selecting, according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface, the location of the MN, the MAG corresponding to the other interface from the MAG.
  • the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state
  • the SDN controller is further configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface, and determining, according to the first bearer message, that the The first data stream moves from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the SDN controller is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state
  • the SDN controller is further configured to receive the second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, and determine, according to the second bearer message, that the The first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the SDN controller is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and the SDN controller is further configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer is The message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and determining, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; or when the MN When there are more than two interfaces, the SDN controller is further configured to: receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN And determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the fourth bearer message.
  • the SDN controller is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; the SDN controller is further configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, and according to the The five bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
  • the fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used by the MN to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
  • a third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides another software-defined network SDN controller, including: a processor, configured to determine that a first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of a mobile node MN to a a second interface of the MN, the first interface corresponds to a first path of the first data stream, the second interface corresponds to a second path of the first data stream, and the second path is determined Whether the included mobile access gateway MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device; determining, according to the determination result, the network element that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path a device, configured to send, by the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message to the processor, the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data is to be sent The flow moves from the first path to the second path.
  • a processor configured to determine that a first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of a mobile node MN to a a
  • the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts a message according to the flow entry.
  • the content adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
  • a fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for moving a data stream, where the method includes:
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, the first interface corresponding to the first path of the first data stream, the second interface Corresponding to the second path of the first data stream, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
  • the SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is from the The first path moves to the second path transmission.
  • the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts according to the flow entry
  • the content of the message adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
  • the SDN controller is in the network element of the second path according to the determination result.
  • the determining, by the device, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller includes:
  • the SDN controller determines that the first MAG is Receiving, by the SDN controller, a network element device that sends a flow entry adjustment message; - the SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, specifically:
  • the SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts the content of the message according to the first flow entry
  • the flow entry in the MAG is modified to be the first flow entry.
  • the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
  • the SDN controller is in the network element of the second path according to the determination result.
  • the determining, by the device, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller includes:
  • the first path includes a first MAG
  • the second path includes a first path.
  • the SDN controller determines that the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
  • the SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the content of the second flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry to be in the LMA.
  • the flow entry is modified to the third flow entry;
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
  • the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: connecting the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel - - Port forwarding.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the MN Before the first interface is moved to the second interface of the MN, the method further includes:
  • the SDN controller determines that the second MAG does not establish a tunnel with the LMA; the SDN controller sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA, where the first tunnel establishment message is used to indicate the LMA establishment a tunnel interface of the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
  • the SDN controller sends a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the tunnel interface of the second MAG, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller After the determined network element device sends the flow entry adjustment message, the method further includes:
  • the SDN controller Determining, by the SDN controller, the LMA and the second MAG to adjust a flow entry; the SDN controller encapsulates a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA message, and the RA A message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN includes:
  • the SDN controller acquires load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, and the SDN controller determines, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold;
  • the SDN controller acquires load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces, and the location of the MN is from the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces.
  • the MN selects the second MAG, and the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the The moving the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN specifically includes:
  • the SDN controller determines that the second interface is in an open state
  • the SDN controller determines, based on the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the MN
  • the moving the first interface to the second interface of the MN specifically includes:
  • the SDN controller determines that the second interface is in an open state
  • the SDN controller receives the second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface;
  • the SDN controller determines, based on the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the MN
  • the moving the first interface to the second interface of the MN specifically includes:
  • the SDN controller Determining, by the SDN controller, that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled; the SDN controller receives a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes the L2 of the MN a layer attach request, and determining, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; or
  • the SDN controller receives a fourth bearer message from the MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN. And determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the fourth bearer message.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be the first one from the MN.
  • the second interface of the interface moving to the MN specifically includes: - the SDN controller determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not turned on;
  • the fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
  • the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages:
  • the SDN controller includes: a first determining unit, configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first interface a path, the second interface corresponding to the second path, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path; Determining, in the network element device of the second path, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message according to the determination result of the first determining unit; the first sending unit, configured to determine, by the second determining unit The network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sends the flow entry adjustment message to move the first data flow from the first path to the second path, where the flow entry The adjustment message is used to instruct the network element device to adjust the flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message, so that the network element device does not need to negotiate, and Compared with the technology, in the process of data
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of data flow when there is only one MAG in the embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of data flow movement when there are multiple MAGs in an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and a network in a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and a network in a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and a network in a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • 16 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a data stream moving method, a network system and an SDN controller, which do not need to negotiate between network element devices, and compared with the prior art, in the data stream moving process, the network element devices LMA and MAG It can be operated according to the SDN controller instructions, so that the network element devices LMA and MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • FIG. 1 is an embodiment of a software defined network (SDN) controller according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the SDN controller includes: a first determining unit 101, a second determining unit 102, and a first Transmitting unit 103;
  • the first determining unit 101 is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, and the second interface corresponds to the first interface a second path of the data stream, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path; the first path and the second path in the embodiment are both A flow path from the MN to the LMA.
  • the second determining unit 102 is configured to determine, according to the determination result of the first determining unit 101, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path.
  • the first sending unit 103 is configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the network element device determined by the second determining unit 102, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second Path transfer.
  • the SDN controller determines, by using the first determining unit, the included in the second path. - -
  • the second determining unit determines, according to the judgment result of the first determining unit, the network element that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path.
  • the device, the first sending unit sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, so as to move the first data stream to the second path for transmission, so that data flow between the network element devices is not required.
  • the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
  • FIG. 2 The structure of the SDN controller when there is only one MAG device in the network and the MAG device is the first MAG.
  • the SDN controller includes: a first determining unit 201, a second determining unit 202, and a first sending unit. 203;
  • the first determining unit 201 includes: a second determining subunit 2011, a first receiving subunit 2012, and a third determining subunit 2013, specifically:
  • the second determining subunit 2011 determines that the second interface is in an enabled state, and the first receiving subunit 2012 receives a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, where the identifier information is, for example, a name, a number, and the like of the second interface, and the third determining subunit 2013 receives the information according to the first receiving unit 2012.
  • the first bearer message to arrive determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the MN transmits the data stream X to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then sends it to the LMA via the first MAG.
  • the first MAG may send a first bearer message to the SDN controller, where the first bearer message is used to notify the identifier information of the SDN controller interface 2, and the SDN controller according to the A bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the MN does not need to register with the second interface to the network, so the MN can directly send the first data stream to the first MAG through the second interface.
  • the first MAG includes a flow entry of the first data flow, and the first MAG may be based on the first data flow from the interface of the MN to the first MAG.
  • the flow entry of the data flow forwards the first data flow to the LMA, so when the first MAG sends the first bearer message to the SDN controller, the first MAG may forward the first data stream received from the second interface to
  • the LMA may also send the first data stream to the LMA after receiving the first flow entry adjustment message.
  • the first determining unit 201 determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the same device For the first MAG, the second determining unit 202 determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and the first sending unit 203 sends the first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
  • the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry according to the content of the first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: A matching entry: the destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the first determining unit determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the second determining unit determines the
  • the first MAG is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message, and then the first sending unit sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and
  • the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
  • the following describes the structure of the SDN controller when there is only one MAG device in the network, the MAG is the first MAG, and the second interface is not open before the first data flow moves, and the SDN controller includes: A determining unit 201, a second determining unit 202, and a first transmitting unit 203.
  • the first determining unit 201 includes: a ninth determining subunit 2014, a fifth receiving subunit 2015, and a tenth determining subunit 2016, specifically:
  • the ninth determining sub-unit 2014 determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled, the MN sends an L2 layer attach request to the first MAG, and the MN accesses the second interface to the first MAG by using the L2 layer attach request, the first MAG. After receiving the L2 layer attach request, sending the fifth bearer cancellation to the SDN controller
  • the fifth receiving subunit 2015 receives a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, where the fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and then the tenth determining subunit 2016 is according to the fifth receiving subunit 2015.
  • the received fifth bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the first determining unit 201 determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the same device is The first determining unit 202 determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message, and the first sending unit 203 sends the first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
  • the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry according to the content of the first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: A matching entry: the destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the MN transmits the first data stream to the LMA through the first MAG through the first interface, where the first MAG and the LMA are The tunnel has been established.
  • the tunnel does not change, and the MN has learned the network address prefix corresponding to the first data stream in the initial state, so there is no need to The tunnel is re-established and the SDN controller does not need to reconfigure the communication address prefix for the MN.
  • the first determining unit determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the second determining unit determines the first according to the determination result.
  • a MAG is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message, and then the first sending unit sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and
  • the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • FIG. 4 is another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 shows a structure of an SDN controller when there are multiple MAG devices in the network, where the multiple MAG devices include First MAG, second MAG.
  • the SDN controller includes: a first determining unit 401, a second determining unit 402, and a first sending unit 403;
  • the first determining unit 401 includes: an obtaining subunit 4011, a first determining subunit 4012, and a selecting subunit 4013, specifically:
  • the obtaining sub-unit 4011 is configured to obtain load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, where the load information may be the number of interfaces of the MN that receives the first MAG, and the more the number of interfaces that the MAG accesses the MN, the load is The bigger.
  • the first determining sub-unit 4012 is configured to determine a load of the first MAG according to the load information acquired by the obtaining sub-unit 4011. When the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold, the triggering obtaining sub-unit 4011 obtains The load information of the MAG corresponding to other interfaces of the MN.
  • the selecting sub-unit 4013 is configured to select, according to the acquiring sub-unit 4011, the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface of the MN and the location of the MN, select another MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface, and the other MAG may be the load less than the preset.
  • the other MAG is the second MAG, and the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
  • the first determining unit 401 further includes: a fourth determining subunit 4014, a second receiving subunit 4015, and a fifth determining subunit 4016, specifically:
  • a fourth determining unit 4014 configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state
  • the second receiving sub-unit 4015 is configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface.
  • the fifth determining subunit 4016 determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the second bearer message received by the second receiving subunit 4015.
  • the MN outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then the first MAG outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the LMA, LMA.
  • the communication address prefix assigned to data stream X is prefl
  • the communication address prefix assigned to data stream Y is pref2.
  • a flow entry for forwarding the data flow X and the data flow Y is stored in the first MAG, and the flow entry corresponding to the data flow X has a communication address prefix of prefl, and the flow entry corresponding to the flow entry Y has a communication address.
  • the prefix is pref2.
  • the SDN controller acquires load information of the first MAG, when determining the first MAG - When the load information is greater than or equal to the preset load threshold, it is determined that the data stream Y needs to be interfaced.
  • the SDN controller obtains the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and obtains the MAG with the lightest load or the load less than the load threshold as the second MAG according to the location of the MN, and the second MAG corresponds to the interface 2, so that the SDN control
  • the device determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred from interface 1 to interface 2.
  • the MN Since the interface 2 is in the open state, the MN does not need to register to the network through the interface 2, and the second MAG directly sends the first bearer message to the SDN controller, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, such that the SDN control The device determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred to the second interface.
  • the first determining unit 401 further needs to determine the information included in the second path. Whether the MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device, and the determination result in the embodiment is no, that is, the first path includes the first MAG, the second path includes the second MAG, and the second determining unit 402 determines the local
  • the mobile anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
  • the first sending unit 403 sends a flow entry adjustment message to the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the first sending unit 403 specifically includes: a first sending subunit 4031 and a second sending subunit 4032 , among them:
  • the first sending sub-unit 4031 is configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the second flow table according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message. item.
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface;
  • the content of the second-flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
  • the second sending sub-unit 4032 is configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the LMA to modify the flow entry in the LMA according to the content of the third flow entry adjustment message to The third flow entry, the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; and the flow table operation: the first data flow is from the LMA-second MAG Tunnel interface forwarding.
  • the SDN controller may further include a third determining unit 404, a packaging unit 405, and a fourth sending - - Send unit 406, where:
  • the third determining unit 404 is configured to: after the first sending sub-unit 4031 sends the second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and the second sending sub-unit 4032 sends the third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, determine the LMA and the first The second MAG adjusts the flow entry.
  • the encapsulating unit 405 is configured to encapsulate the communication address prefix of the first data stream in the router advertisement RA message.
  • the fourth sending unit 406 is configured to send the RA message to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the used communication address prefix remains unchanged.
  • the selecting subunit may select the second MAG for the MN by using the load state information of the MAG and the location of the MN, and then the second determining unit determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are The network element device that needs to send the flow entry adjustment message, and sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG by using the first sending subunit, and the second sending subunit sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA.
  • the first data stream is sent from the second interface of the MN to the LMA via the second MAG, so that the negotiation of the data flow movement between the network element devices is not required, and compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can be based on the SDN controller.
  • the instruction operates, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • the above describes the structure of the SDN controller when there are multiple MAG devices in the network, and the load of the first MAG triggers the movement of the data stream.
  • the following describes how there are multiple MAG devices in the network.
  • the SDN controller in FIG. 6 includes: a first determining unit 601, a second determining unit 602, a second sending unit 603, a third sending unit 604, and The first transmitting unit 605.
  • the first determining unit 601 includes a sixth determining subunit 6011, a third receiving subunit 6012, and a seventh determining subunit 6013, or the first determining unit 601 includes a sixth determining subunit 6011 and a fourth receiving subunit. 6014 and an eighth determining subunit 6015.
  • the first transmitting unit 605 includes a first transmitting subunit 6051 and a second transmitting subunit 6052.
  • the sixth determining sub-unit 6011 determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled. Since the second interface of the MN is a newly opened interface and does not access the network, the MN needs to send the L2 layer attach request of the MN to the second MAG.
  • the second interface is connected to the second MAG by using the L2 layer attach request, and the second MAG sends the third bearer to the SDN controller after receiving the L2 layer attach request sent by the MN. - - Message.
  • the third receiving sub-unit 6012 receives the third bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the seventh determining sub-unit 6013 receives the third bearer message according to the third receiving sub-unit 6012. Determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the MN has two interfaces.
  • the sixth determining subunit 6011 determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled, and the fourth receiving subunit 6014 can be from the MN.
  • the fourth bearer message is received in the MAG corresponding to any one of the interfaces, the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the eighth determining subunit 6015 receives the fourth bearer message according to the fourth receiving subunit 4019. Determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the first determining unit 601 determines that the first data stream needs to be transferred from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, it is also required to determine the second path included. Whether the MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device, and the determination result in the embodiment is no, that is, the first path includes the first MAG, the second path includes the second MAG, and the second determining unit 602 determines the local
  • the mobile anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
  • the second determining unit 602 determines that the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are networks that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message. After the meta-device, a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG needs to be established, specifically:
  • the second tunneling unit 603 sends a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel interface on the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel setup message includes: Establishing a tunnel configuration message of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG; sending, by the third sending unit 604, a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel setup message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the first sending sub-unit 6051 in the first sending unit 605 sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry is adjusted.
  • the message is used to instruct the second MAG to add the second flow entry according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message.
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface;
  • the content of the second-flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
  • the third flow entry adjustment message is sent to the LMA by the second sending sub-unit 6052, and the third flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the LMA to modify the flow entry in the LMA according to the content of the third flow entry adjustment message.
  • the third flow entry, the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; and the flow table operation: the first data flow from the LMA-second MAG tunnel Interface forwarding.
  • the SDN controller in this embodiment may further include a third determining unit 606, a packaging unit 607, and a fourth sending unit 608, where:
  • the third determining unit 606 is configured to: after the first sending sub-unit 6051 sends the second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and the second sending sub-unit 6052 sends the third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, determine the LMA and the first The second MAG adjusts the flow entry.
  • the encapsulating unit 607 is configured to encapsulate the communication address prefix of the first data stream in the router advertisement RA message.
  • the fourth sending unit 608 is configured to send the RA message to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the used communication address prefix remains unchanged.
  • the second sending unit sends the LMA to the LMA. a first tunnel establishment message
  • the third sending unit sends a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, so as to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and then send the second flow table to the second MAG by using the first sending subunit. Transmitting the message, and sending the second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG by using the second sending subunit, so that the first data stream is sent from the second interface to the LMA via the second MAG, so that no need is performed between the network element devices.
  • the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • - - including: SDN controller 11, MN 12, at least one MAG 13;
  • the SDN controller 11 is used to perform the following processes:
  • the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream
  • the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream
  • the flow entry adjustment message is further used to instruct the network element device to adjust the flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the second path is determined according to the judgment result. Determining, by the network element device, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, and then sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, so as to implement moving the first data flow from the first path to the second path Therefore, the network element device does not need to negotiate between the network element devices, and the signaling interaction between the network element devices is reduced during the data stream moving process, so that the network element device can be applied to any IP protocol, and thus Save costs in network construction.
  • the network system includes: an SDN controller 11, an MN 12, and a first MAG 131.
  • the second interface of the MN 12 is in an open state.
  • the first MAG 131 belongs to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the first MAG 131 sends a first bearer message to the SDN controller 11, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines, according to the received first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12, where the first interface corresponds to the first data stream. a path, where the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream;
  • the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path. - -
  • the SDN controller 11 determines that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG 131, determining that the first MAG 131 is a required flow table.
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG 131.
  • the first MAG 131 modifies the flow entry of the first flow entry to the first flow entry according to the received first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: the first match: the destination address prefix is The communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and determines that the first MAG 131 is determined according to the determination result.
  • the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, the SDN controller 11 sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG 131, and the first MAG 131 adjusts the flow entry stored by the first flow entry according to the received first flow entry.
  • the network element device MAG can be operated according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to the network element device MAG. In any IP protocol, the cost is saved in the network construction.
  • the network system includes: an SDN controller 11, an MN 12, a first MAG 131, and at the first Before the data stream moves, the second interface of the MN 12 is not turned on.
  • the first MAG 131 belongs to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the MN 12 starts the second interface, and sends an L2 layer attach request to the first MAG 131.
  • the 902 the first MAG 131 carries the L2 layer attach request in the fifth bearer message, and the fifth bearer message is sent.
  • Sending to the SDN controller 11, the MN12 sends the L2 layer attach request to the first MAG, the second interface is connected to the first MAG 131 by the L2 layer attach request;
  • the SDN controller 11 determines, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and the same device is the first MAG 131. - -
  • the MAG131 is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG 131.
  • the first MAG 131 modifies the flow entry of the first flow entry to the first flow entry according to the received first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: the first match: the destination address prefix The communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and determines the first according to the determination result.
  • a MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and then sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first MAG 131 adjusts the flow table according to the received first flow entry adjustment message.
  • the item is modified to be the first flow entry, so that the negotiation of the data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device MAG can be compared according to the prior art.
  • the SDN controller commands the operation, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • the network system includes: SDN controller 11, MN 12, and second MAG.
  • the second MAG 132 and the third MAG 133 belong to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
  • This embodiment mainly describes the movement of the trigger data stream when the first MAG load is overloaded.
  • the SDN controller 11 acquires load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to the preset load threshold according to the obtained load information, and the SDN controller acquires the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, according to the acquired MN.
  • the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces and the location of the MN selects the second MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface, the second MAG corresponds to the second interface, and the second MAG can be the load with less than the preset load in all the MAGs. a wide value MAG or a least loaded MAG;
  • the second MAG 132 sends the second bearer message to the SDN controller, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines the first data stream according to the received second bearer message. - - Moving from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 in the second path need to receive the flow entry. Adjusting the NE device of the message;
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG 132, where the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the flow table operation corresponding to the second matching item forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third match:
  • the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the flow table operation corresponding to the third matching item is: setting a next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface;
  • the second MAG 132 adds the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA 14, the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; The flow table operation corresponding to the four matches: forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface;
  • the LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by the LMA to the third flow entry according to the received third flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller 11 can select the second MAG 132 for the MN through the load information of the MAG and the location of the MN, and receive the second bearer message from the second MAG, and the SDN controller 11
  • the second bearer message determines that the first data stream moves from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12, and then the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 in the second path need to receive the flow table.
  • the network element device of the item adjustment message sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG 132, and sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA 14, so that the first data flow is sent from the second interface of the MN to the second MAG.
  • the second MAG 132 adds the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message, and the LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by itself according to the received third flow entry adjustment message.
  • the negotiation of the data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device MAG can be compared with the prior art.
  • - - Operate according to the SDN controller instructions so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • the network system includes: SDN controller 11, MN 12, second MAG 132, LMA 14, and initial The second interface of the MN 12 is in an unopened state. This embodiment is mainly described by taking the movement of the second interface to enable the trigger data flow by the MN.
  • the second MAG 132 belongs to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment. 1101, MN 12 opens the second interface, and sends an L2 layer attach request to the second MAG 132 through the second interface;
  • the first MAG 132 carries the L2 layer attach request in the third bearer message, and sends the third bearer message to the SDN controller 11;
  • the SDN controller 11 determines, according to the received third bearer message, that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12.
  • the SDN controller may also receive the fourth bearer message by using the MAG corresponding to any one of the interfaces, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request; It is determined that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the path.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines the LMA.
  • the second MAG 132 in the second path is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message;
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA 14, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: establishing a tunnel configuration message between the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132.
  • the LMA 14 establishes a tunnel interface on the LMA 14 side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG according to the received first tunnel setup message.
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG 132, where the second tunnel setup message includes: establishing a tunnel configuration message between the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132.
  • the second MAG 132 establishes the LMA according to the received second tunnel establishment message. - a tunnel interface on the second MAG 132 side of the tunnel with the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG 132, where the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the flow table operation corresponding to the second matching item forwarding the first data stream in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item:
  • the address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the flow table operation corresponding to the third matching item is: setting a next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface;
  • the first MAG 132 adds the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller 11 sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA 14, where the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by the LMA to the third flow entry according to the received third flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 adjust the flow entry, the SDN controller 11 encapsulates the communication address prefix of the first data stream in the RA message, and sends the RA message to the second message.
  • MAG 132
  • the second MAG 132 sends the RA message to the MN 12.
  • the MAG in which the first data stream is moved further includes a flow entry related to the first data flow.
  • the SDN controller 11 may send the flow entry deletion message to the MAG in which the first data flow is moved.
  • the flow entry deletion message is used to indicate that the MAG deletes the flow entry related to the first data flow, or the MAG.
  • the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 in the second path are the network element devices that need to send the flow entry adjustment message, and the SDN controller 11 sends the LMA 14 to the LMA 14.
  • the first tunnel setup message is sent to the second MAG 132 to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and then the second flow entry adjustment message is sent to the second MAG to the LMA.
  • the first data stream is sent from the second interface to the LMA 14 via the second MAG 132, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device MAG can be compared according to the prior art.
  • an embodiment of the SDN controller in the embodiment of the present invention includes: a processor 1201 and a transmitter 1202;
  • the processor 1201 is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the
  • the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream
  • the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream
  • the MAG included in the second path is determined to be included in the first path Whether the MAG is the same device
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to: determine, according to the determining result, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path;
  • the sender 1202 is configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second path.
  • the flow entry adjustment message is further used to instruct the network element device to adjust the flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to: if the judgment result is that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and the same device is the first MAG, determining the The first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller;
  • the transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts the content of the message according to the first flow entry. Modifying the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry;
  • the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to: if the determining result is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first - -
  • the second path includes a second MAG
  • the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message
  • the transmitter 1202 is further configured to send, by the second MAG, a second flow entry adjustment message, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adjusts the message according to the second flow entry. Adding a second flow entry to the content;
  • the transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry
  • the flow entry in the LMA is modified to the third flow entry.
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
  • the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to: determine that the second MAG does not establish a tunnel with the LMA; the transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is sent. a tunnel interface on the LMA side that is used to instruct the LMA to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: establishing between the LMA and the second MAG Tunnel configuration message for the tunnel;
  • the transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to determine that the LMA and the second MAG adjust a flow entry; the transmitter 1202 is further configured to encapsulate a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA In the message, the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the load information, that a load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold;
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to acquire the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and obtain the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces and the location of the MN. Selecting the second MAG for the MN, where the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an enabled state
  • the SDN controller further includes a receiver
  • the receiver is configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of the MN to a second interface of the MN.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an enabled state
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; the receiver is further configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message is The L2 layer attachment request of the MN is included in the processor, and the processor 1201 is further configured to: according to the third bearer message, determine that the first data flow needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second end of the MN. Interface; or
  • the receiver is further configured to receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 of the MN.
  • the layer attachment request the processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the fourth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
  • the processor 1201 is further configured to: determine that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled; the receiver is configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, where the processor 1201 further Determining, according to the fifth bearer message, determining that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; -
  • the fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
  • the SDN controller can determine, by the processor 1201, whether the MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located are the same device. And determining, according to the judgment result, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path, and then sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device by using the transmitter 1202, so as to implement
  • the first data stream is moved from the first path to the second path, so that no negotiation between the network element devices is required, and compared with the prior art, the information between the network element devices is reduced during the data flow moving process.
  • the interaction is such that the network element device can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • an embodiment of the method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
  • the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, and determines whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path are For the same device;
  • the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream
  • the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream
  • the first path and the second path refer to the transmission of the data stream from the MN to the LMA. path.
  • the SDN controller determines, according to the judgment result, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path;
  • the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, and then the network element device in the second path according to the determination result.
  • the network element device that needs to send the flow entry adjustment message is determined.
  • the MAG managed by the SDN controller may have only one or multiple MAGs, and one MAG may correspond to one network.
  • the SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second path.
  • the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located are the same device, and according to the judgment result. Determining that the flow entry adjustment message needs to be received in the network element device of the second path And the network element device sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, so as to implement the first data flow from the first path to the second path, so that no negotiation between the network element devices is required. Moreover, compared with the prior art, in the data flow moving process, the signaling interaction between the network element devices is reduced, so that the network element device can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
  • the following describes a method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention by using a specific example.
  • the method when there is only one MAG device, the MAG is the first When the MAG, and the second interface is in the enabled state, the method includes:
  • the SDN controller receives the first bearer message sent by the first MAG.
  • the SDN controller may receive the first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, where the identifier information is, for example, the name, number, and the like of the second interface.
  • the MN transmits the data stream X to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then sends it to the LMA via the first MAG, when the SDN controller determines that the interface 2 needs to be used to transmit data.
  • the first MAG may send a first bearer message to the SDN controller, where the first bearer message is used to notify the identifier information of the SDN controller interface 2, and the SDN controller determines, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be
  • the first interface of the MN is moved to the second interface of the MN.
  • the MN since the second interface is in the open state, the MN does not need to register with the second interface to the network, so the MN can directly send the first data flow to the first MAG through the second interface.
  • the first MAG in the initial state, includes a flow entry of the first data flow, and the first MAG may be based on the first data flow, regardless of which interface of the MN is sent to the first MAG.
  • the flow entry forwards the first data flow to the LMA. Therefore, when the first MAG sends the first bearer message to the SDN controller, the first MAG may forward the first data stream received from the second interface to the LMA.
  • the first MAG may send the first data stream to the LMA after receiving the first flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller determines, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
  • the SDN controller determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located.
  • the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, because this embodiment is only - - On the premise of a MAG device, the judgment result must be that the first path is the same as the MAG in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG, and then step 1404 is performed.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first MAG needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the network element device the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, and the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match:
  • the address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item is: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, and the SDN controller determines As a result, it is determined that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and then sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and Compared with the technology, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • FIG. 15 another method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention when there is only one MAG device, the MAG is the first MAG, and the second interface is in an unopened state before the first data stream moves.
  • the MAG is the first MAG
  • the second interface is in an unopened state before the first data stream moves.
  • the SDN controller receives the fifth bearer message from the first MAG.
  • the MN needs to open the second interface that is not enabled before the data stream is transferred, and the MN sends the L2 to the first MAG after the data stream is forwarded.
  • a layer attach request to request the first MAG to access the second interface of the MN to the first MAG
  • the first MAG receives the L2 layer attach request sent by the MN, encapsulates the L2 layer attach request in the fifth bearer message, and then Five bearer messages are sent to the SDN controller.
  • the SDN controller determines, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; - -
  • the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located.
  • the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, because the embodiment is only one MAG device. The judgment result must be that the MAG included in the first path is the same as the MAG included in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG, and then step 1504 is performed.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
  • the SDN controller determines that the first MAG needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the network element device the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, and the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match:
  • the address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream;
  • the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item is: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, and the SDN controller is configured according to the SDN controller.
  • the determining result determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and then sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and
  • the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
  • the network has multiple MAG devices, and the multiple MAG devices include a first MAG and a second MAG, and the second interface is in an open state, correspondingly, the data flow in this embodiment.
  • the triggering condition of the transfer is that the first MAG load is overloaded.
  • the method for moving the data flow in this embodiment includes:
  • the SDN controller obtains the load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface.
  • the load information may be the quantity information of the interface that the MN accesses the first MAG, and the number of interfaces of the MN that the MAG accesses is more. More, the load will be bigger. - -
  • the SDN controller determines, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold
  • the SDN controller obtains load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN.
  • the SDN controller selects a second MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface and the location of the MN;
  • the first MAG is corresponding to the first interface
  • the second MAG is corresponding to the second interface
  • the selected second MAG may be the MAG in which the load of all the MAGs is less than the preset load threshold, or may be in all the MAGs.
  • the lightest load MAG is the MAG in which the load of all the MAGs is less than the preset load threshold, or may be in all the MAGs.
  • the SDN controller receives the second bearer message sent by the second MAG.
  • the second MAG can directly send a second bearer message to the SDN controller, because the second interface is in the open state, and the tunnel is established between the LMA and the MAG in the second path.
  • the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface
  • the SDN controller may determine, according to the identifier information of the second interface in the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be from the first interface of the MN. Move to the second interface of the MN.
  • the MN outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then the first MAG outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the LMA, LMA.
  • the communication address prefix assigned to data stream X is pref 1
  • the communication address prefix assigned to stream Y is pref2.
  • a flow entry for forwarding the data flow X and the data flow Y is stored in the first MAG, and the flow entry corresponding to the data flow X has a communication address prefix of prefl, and the flow entry corresponding to the flow entry Y has a communication address.
  • the prefix is pref2.
  • the SDN controller acquires the load information of the first MAG.
  • the SDN controller obtains the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and obtains the MAG with the lightest load or the load less than the load threshold as the second MAG according to the location of the MN, and the second MAG corresponds to the interface 2, so that the SDN control
  • the device determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred from interface 1 to interface 2.
  • the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is not the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located.
  • each interface of the MN corresponds to one MAG device.
  • the MN 1 has three interfaces, an interface A, an interface B, and an interface C.
  • the interface A corresponds to the MAG A
  • the interface B corresponds to the MAG B
  • the interface C corresponds to the MAG C.
  • the determination result must be that the first path and the second path are not the same MAG, the first path.
  • the first MAG is included, and the second path includes the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the second MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG.
  • the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds a second flow entry
  • the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is the first data.
  • the flow address prefix of the flow is the flow address prefix of the flow; the flow table operation corresponding to the second match: forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes
  • the third matching item the destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the third matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
  • the SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA.
  • the communication address prefix corresponding to each data stream is different. As shown in FIG. 5, the communication address prefix of the data stream X is prefl, and the communication address prefix of the data stream Y is pref2, and When a data stream is transferred to another path for transmission, its communication address prefix remains unchanged.
  • the SDN controller may further determine whether the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and if so, Then, the communication address prefix of the first data stream is encapsulated in the router advertisement RA message, and then the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller may select the second MAG for the MN by using the load state information of the first MAG and the location of the MN, and determine the first according to the second bearer message sent by the second MAG.
  • a data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, and then the SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message, and
  • the second MAG sends a second flow entry adjustment message, and sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, so that the first data flow is sent from the second interface of the MN to the LMA via the second MAG, so that no need is needed between the network element devices.
  • the data stream movement negotiation is performed, and compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller instruction, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
  • the multiple MAG devices include a first MAG and a second MAG.
  • the second interface is in an unopened state, correspondingly, this embodiment
  • the triggering condition of the data stream transfer is to enable the second interface that is not enabled.
  • the method for moving the data stream in this embodiment includes:
  • the SDN controller receives a third bearer message from the second MAG.
  • the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream
  • the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, where the first data stream is initially transmitted through the first path.
  • the data stream is triggered to be moved.
  • the MN sends an L2 layer attach request to the second MAG to request the first
  • the second MAG accesses the second interface of the MN to the second MAG, and the second MAG receives the L2 layer attach request sent by the MN, encapsulates the L2 layer attach request in the third bearer message, and then sends the third bearer message to the SDN control. Device.
  • the SDN controller determines, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
  • the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located. In this embodiment, the SDN controller can determine whether the MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located are the same device, because the embodiment has multiple MAGs. On the premise of the device, the judgment result must be that the MAG included in the first path and the MAG included in the second path are not the same device, the first path includes the first MAG, and the second path includes the second MAG, and then the steps are performed. 1704.
  • the SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
  • the SDN controller sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA.
  • the first tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel interface on the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
  • the SDN controller sends a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG.
  • the second tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel interface on the second MAG side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and the second tunnel establishment message includes: establishing a tunnel configuration of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG Message.
  • the SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the second flow entry according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message.
  • the content of the flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; a flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the The content of the second-flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
  • the SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the LMA to modify the flow entry in the LMA to the third flow table according to the content of the third flow entry adjustment message.
  • the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
  • the communication address prefix corresponding to each data stream is different, such as - - As shown in Figure 5, the communication address prefix of data stream X is prefl, the communication address prefix of data stream Y is pref2, and when a certain data stream is transferred to another path for transmission, its communication address prefix remains unchanged.
  • the SDN controller may further determine whether the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and if yes, The communication address prefix of the first data stream is encapsulated in the router advertisement RA message, and then the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
  • the MAG in which the first data stream is moved further includes a flow entry related to the first data flow.
  • the SDN controller may send the flow entry deletion message to the MAG where the first data flow is moved.
  • the flow entry deletion message is used to indicate that the MAG deletes the flow entry related to the first data flow, or the MAG is in the MAG. If the flow entry related to the first data flow is not used within the specified time, the flow entry related to the first data flow is deleted.
  • the SDN controller when there are multiple MAGs, after the SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are the network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message, the SDN controller sends the first tunnel to the LMA. Establishing a message, and sending a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, so as to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and then sending a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and sending the message to the second MAG.
  • the second flow entry adjustment message is sent to the LMA from the second interface by using the second MAG, so that the negotiation of the data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device is compared with the prior art.
  • the MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, and the components may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment. Further, in the drawings of the apparatus embodiments provided by the present invention, the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection therebetween, and specifically, one or more communication buses or signal lines can be realized. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement without any creative effort.
  • the technical solution of the present invention which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk of a computer.
  • a readable storage medium such as a floppy disk of a computer.
  • U disk mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to make a computer device (may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) performs the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
  • Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)

Abstract

Provided are a method, network system, and SDN controller for moving a data stream, the SDN controller comprising: a first determining unit determines that it is necessary to move a first data stream from a first interface of an MN to a second interface; the first interface corresponds to a first path of a first data stream; the second interface corresponds to a second path of the first data stream; it is determined whether the MAG contained in the second path is the same device as the MAG contained in the first path; according to the determined result, a second determining unit determines in the network element devices of a second path a network element device requiring reception of a flow table entry adjustment message; a first transmission unit sends a flow table entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, said flow table entry adjustment message being used for instructing the movement of the first data stream from the first path to the second path for transmission. The embodiments of the present invention do not require negotiation between network element devices and save costs in network construction.

Description

一 一 一种数据流移动的方法、 网络系统及 SDN控制器  Method for moving data stream, network system and SDN controller
技术领域 Technical field
本发明涉及通信技术领域, 尤其涉及一种数据流移动的方法、 网络系统及 SDN控制器。  The present invention relates to the field of communications technologies, and in particular, to a data stream moving method, a network system, and an SDN controller.
背景技术 Background technique
下一代互联网协议版本 6 ( Internet Protocol Version 6, IPv6 )协议在网络 层扩展了两个核心功能实体, 分别为本地移动锚点 (LMA, Local Mobility Anchor )和移动接入网关 (MAG, Mobile Access Gateway )。 其中, MAG位 于移动节点 (MN, Mobile Node ) 所锚定的链路上, 负责检测 MN的移动; LMA是 MN的所有数据流的拓朴锚定定点, 负责为通过 MN接口的各个数据 流分配通信地址前缀。 代理移动 IPv6协议支持 MN通过多个接口同时接入多 种网络,每个接口上可能存在多条不同的数据流, 当有新接口接入或某一接口 发生拥塞时, 都会触发数据流移动。  The Next Generation Internet Protocol Version 6, IPv6 protocol extends two core functional entities at the network layer, namely Local Mobile Mobility Anchor (LMA) and Mobile Access Gateway (MAG, Mobile Access Gateway). ). The MAG is located on the link anchored by the mobile node (MN, Mobile Node), and is responsible for detecting the movement of the MN; the LMA is a topology anchoring point of all data flows of the MN, and is responsible for allocating data streams through the MN interface. Communication address prefix. Proxy Mobile IPv6 Protocol Support MN accesses multiple networks simultaneously through multiple interfaces. There may be multiple different data streams on each interface. When a new interface is accessed or a certain interface is congested, the data flow is triggered.
现有技术中, MN的多个接口可以通过不同的网络接入不同的 MAG, 锚 定于同一个 LMA, LMA对 MN的所有接口以及这些接口接入的 MAG进行 统一管理。 数据流移动功能可以以数据流为单位, 在不同的接口上实现切换, 在数据流移动过程中, LMA和 MAG之间需要进行复杂的信令交互才能够实 现数据流的移动, 从而当出现频繁的数据流移动时, LMA和不同的 MAG需 要有更加频繁复杂的信令交互, 而且网元设备 LMA和 MAG只能适用于代理 移动 IPv6协议, 如果协议更换, 网元设备也要相应的更换, 进而在网络建设 上造成巨大的浪费。  In the prior art, multiple interfaces of the MN can access different MAGs through different networks, and are anchored to the same LMA. The LMA performs unified management on all interfaces of the MN and the MAGs accessed by these interfaces. The data stream movement function can implement switching on different interfaces in units of data streams. In the process of data stream movement, complex signaling interaction between the LMA and the MAG is required to realize the movement of the data stream, so that when the frequency occurs frequently When the data stream moves, the LMA and the different MAGs need to have more frequent and complex signaling interactions, and the network element devices LMA and MAG can only be applied to the proxy mobile IPv6 protocol. If the protocol is replaced, the network element device should be replaced accordingly. In turn, it causes huge waste in network construction.
发明内容 Summary of the invention
本发明实施例提供了一种数据流移动的方法、 网络系统及 SDN控制器,解 决了代理移动 IPv6协议中, 网元设备有大量的信令协商和交互的问题, 并且解 决了由于协议的改变导致网元设备更换所带来的网络建设上浪费的问题。  The embodiment of the invention provides a data flow moving method, a network system and an SDN controller, which solves the problem that the network element device has a large number of signaling negotiation and interaction in the proxy mobile IPv6 protocol, and solves the problem due to the protocol change. The problem of wasted network construction caused by the replacement of network element equipment.
本发明实施例的第一方面提供了一种软件自定义网络 SDN控制器,包括: 第一确定单元,用于确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移 动到所述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所 述第二接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并且判断所述第二路径中包含的 移动接入网关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; - - 第二确定单元,用于根据所述第一确定单元的判断结果在所述第二路径的 网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备; A first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a software-defined network SDN controller, including: a first determining unit, configured to determine that a first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of a mobile node MN to the MN a second interface, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, and the mobile interface included in the second path is determined Whether the inbound MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device; a second determining unit, configured to determine, in the network element device of the second path, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message according to the determination result of the first determining unit;
第一发送单元,用于向所述第二确定单元确定的需要接收流表项调整消息 的网元设备发送所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第 一数据流从所述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。  a first sending unit, configured to send, to the network element device that is required to receive the flow entry adjustment message, by the second determining unit, the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first A data stream is moved from the first path to the second path.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面,在本发明实施例的第一方面的第一种实施 方式中,所述流表项调整消息还用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消 息的内容调整所述网元设备中的流表项。  With reference to the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts according to the flow entry The content of the message adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第一种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第二种实施方式中, 所述第二确定单元具体用于, 在所述判断结果为所 述第一路径包含的 MAG与所述第二路径包含的 MAG为同一个设备, 所述同 一个设备为第一 MAG时, 确定所述第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的 网元设备;  With reference to the first embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the second determining unit is specifically configured to: The MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and when the same device is the first MAG, the first MAG is determined to be a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message. ;
所述第一发送单元具体用于,向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 所述第一流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消 息的内容将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项;  The first sending unit is configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts a message according to the first flow entry. Modifying, by the content, the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry;
所述第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第一种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第三种实施方式中, 所述第二确定单元具体用于, 在所述判断结果为所 述第一路径中包含的 MAG与所述第二路径中包含的 MAG不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含第一 MAG, 所述第二路径中包含第二 MAG时, 确定本 地移动锚定点 LMA和所述第二 MAG为需要接收所述流表项调整消息的网元 设备;  With reference to the first embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the second determining unit is specifically configured to: The MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first MAG, and when the second path includes the second MAG, the local move is determined. The anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
所述第一发送单元包括:  The first sending unit includes:
第一发送子单元, 用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 所述 第二流表项调整消息用于指示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调整消息的 内容增加第二流表项;  a first sending subunit, configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adjusts the message according to the second flow entry Adding a second flow entry to the content;
第二发送子单元, 用于向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述第三 流表项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容将所 - - 述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项; a second sending subunit, configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry - - The flow entry in the LMA is modified to the third flow entry;
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配前项: 目的地址 前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为 第二接口;  The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream to the first Two interfaces;
所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发。  The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第四种实施方式中, 所述第一确定单元还用于,在确定需要将第一数据 流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口之前, 确定所述第 二路径中所述第二 MAG与所述 LMA没有建立隧道;  With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the first determining unit is further configured to: determine that the first data needs to be determined Before the flow moves from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, determining that the second MAG in the second path does not establish a tunnel with the LMA;
所述 SDN控制器还包括:  The SDN controller further includes:
第二发送单元, 用于向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第一隧道 建立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的 所述 LMA侧的隧道接口, 所述第一隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA与所 述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息; 以及  a second sending unit, configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes the LMA side of a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG The tunneling interface, the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
第三发送单元, 用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 所述第二 隧道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间 的隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建立所 述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  a third sending unit, configured to send a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG The tunnel interface of the second MAG side, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第三种实施方式或第一方面的第四种实 施方式, 在本发明实施例的第一方面的第五种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器 还包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention or the fourth implementation manner of the first aspect, in the fifth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the SDN controller further includes :
第三确定单元, 用于确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项; 封装单元, 用于将所述第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA 消息中;  a third determining unit, configured to determine that the LMA and the second MAG adjust a flow entry; and an encapsulating unit, configured to encapsulate a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA message;
第四发送单元,用于将所述 RA消息通过所述第二 MAG发送给所述 MN。 结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第三种实施方式,或第一方面的第四种实 - - 施方式, 或第一方面的第五种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一方面的第六种 实施方式中, 所述第一确定单元包括: And a fourth sending unit, configured to send the RA message to the MN by using the second MAG. A third embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiment of the invention, or a fourth embodiment of the first aspect In a sixth implementation manner of the first aspect, the first determining unit includes:
获取子单元, 用于获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息; 第一确定子单元,用于根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大于 或等于预置的负载阔值;  Obtaining a subunit, configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, where the first determining subunit is configured to determine, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load Value
所述获取子单元还用于,获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信 息;  The acquiring subunit is further configured to acquire load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN;
所述第一确定单元还包括:  The first determining unit further includes:
选择子单元,用于根据所述获取子单元获取到的其他接口对应的 MAG的 负载信息以及所述 MN的位置从所述其他接口对应的 MAG中为所述 MN选择 所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所述第二接口对应。  a sub-unit, configured to select the second MAG for the MN according to the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface acquired by the acquiring sub-unit and the location of the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface. The second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第二种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第七种实施方式中, 所述第一确定单元包括:  With reference to the second embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in the seventh implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the first determining unit includes:
第二确定子单元, 用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  a second determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
第一接收子单元, 用于接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所述第 一承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  a first receiving subunit, configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
第三确定子单元,用于根据所述第一承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流 从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  And a third determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第八种实施方式中, 所述第一确定单元包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the eighth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the first determining unit includes:
第四确定子单元, 用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  a fourth determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
第二接收子单元, 用于在接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所述 第二承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  a second receiving subunit, configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
第五确定子单元,用于根据所述第二承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流 从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  And a fifth determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第九种实施方式中, 所述第一确定单元包括: 第六确定子单元, 用于确 定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启;  With reference to the third embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a ninth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiments, the first determining unit includes: a sixth determining subunit, configured to determine The MN turns on the second interface that is not turned on;
第三接收子单元, 用于从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第三承 载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求; - - 第七确定子单元,用于根据所述第三承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; a third receiving subunit, configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN; a seventh determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
或者,  Or,
第四接收子单元, 用于在所述 MN具有两个以上的接口时, 从所述 MN 的一个接口对应的 MAG中接收到第四承载消息, 所述第四承载消息中包含所 述 MN的 L2层附着请求;  a fourth receiving subunit, configured to: when the MN has more than two interfaces, receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the MN L2 layer attachment request;
第八确定子单元,用于根据所述第四承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  And an eighth determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the fourth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第一方面的第二种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第一 方面的第十种实施方式中, 所述第一确定单元包括:  With reference to the second embodiment of the first aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the tenth implementation manner of the first aspect of the embodiment, the first determining unit includes:
第九确定子单元, 用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 第五接收子单元, 用于从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息;  a ninth determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and a fifth receiving subunit, configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG;
第十确定子单元,用于根据所述第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口;  a tenth determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于所述 MN请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。  The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used by the MN to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
本发明实施例第二方面提供了一种网络系统, 所述系统包括: 移动节点 MN、 软件自定义网络 SDN控制器和至少一个移动接入网关 MAG;  A second aspect of the present invention provides a network system, where the system includes: a mobile node MN, a software custom network SDN controller, and at least one mobile access gateway MAG;
所述 SDN控制器, 用于确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移 动到所述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所 述第二接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并且判断所述第二路径中包含的 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  The SDN controller is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, Determining, by the second interface, the second path of the first data stream, and determining whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于根据判断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确 定需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送的流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The SDN controller is further configured to: determine, according to the determination result, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller in the network element device of the second path;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元 设备发送所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第一数据 流从所述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。  The SDN controller is further configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data is to be sent The flow moves from the first path to the second path.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面,在本发明实施例的第二方面的第一种实施 方式中,所述流表项调整消息还用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消 息的内容调整所述网元设备中的流表项。 - - 结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第一种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第二种实施方式中, 所述至少一个 MAG中包含第一 MAG; With reference to the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment, the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts according to the flow entry The content of the message adjusts the flow entry in the network element device. With the first embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the second implementation of the second aspect of the embodiment, the at least one MAG includes the first MAG;
所述 SDN控制器,具体用于在所述判断结果为所述第一路径包含的 MAG 与所述第二路径包含的 MAG为同一个设备,所述同一个设备为所述第一 MAG 时, 确定所述第一 MAG为需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息 的网元设备;  The SDN controller is specifically configured to: when the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the same device is the first MAG, Determining that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller;
所述 SDN控制器,具体用于向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 所述第一流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消 息的内容将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项, 所述第一流表项调 整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀 的; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The SDN controller is configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the first MAG to adjust the content of the message according to the first flow entry. Modifying the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; Table operation: Set the next hop of the first data stream to the second interface.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第一种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第三种实施方式中, 所述系统还包括: 本地移动锚定点 LMA, 所述至 少一个 MAG中包含第一 MAG及第二 MAG;  With reference to the first embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments, the system further includes: a local mobility anchor point LMA, the at least one MAG The first MAG and the second MAG are included;
所述 SDN控制器, 具体用于在所述判断结果为所述第一路径中包含的 The SDN controller is specifically configured to: when the determining result is included in the first path
MAG与所述第二路径中包含的 MAG不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含 所述第一 MAG, 所述第二路径中包含所述第二 MAG时, 确定所述 LMA和 所述第二 MAG为需要接收所述流表项调整消息的网元设备; The MAG is not in the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first MAG, and when the second path includes the second MAG, determining the LMA and the The second MAG is a network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
所述 SDN控制器, 具体用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息 以及向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述第二流表项调整消息用于指 示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调整消息的内容增加第二流表项;  The SDN controller is configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate Adding, by the second MAG, the second flow entry according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述 第三流表项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容 将所述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项;  The SDN controller is further configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry. The flow entry in the LMA is modified to a third flow entry;
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前 缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第 二接口;  The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发。 The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is the first Communication address prefix of the data stream; flow table operation: Forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第四种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于在确定需要将所述第一 数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口之前确定所述第二 路径中所述第二 MAG与所述 LMA没有建立隧道;  With reference to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiments, the SDN controller is further configured to determine that the first Determining that the second MAG and the LMA in the second path do not establish a tunnel before moving the data stream from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第 一隧道建立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的 隧道的所述 LMA侧的隧道接口,所述第一隧道建立消息包括:建立所述 LMA 与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息;  The SDN controller is further configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG. a tunnel interface on the LMA side, the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 所 述第二隧道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG 之间的隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建 立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  The SDN controller is further configured to send a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes between the LMA and the second MAG. The tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第三种实施方式,或第二方面的第四种实 施方式,在本发明实施例的第二方面的第五种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于在向确定的所述网元设备发送所述流表项调整消息之后, 确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项, 并将所述第一数据流的通信地址前缀 封装在路由器通告 RA消息中, 将所述 RA消息通过所述第二 MAG发送给所 述 MN。  With reference to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, or the fourth implementation manner of the second aspect, in the fifth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the SDN controller, And after determining, by sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, determining that the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and prefixing the communication address of the first data flow. Encapsulated in the router advertisement RA message, the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第三种实施方式,或第二方面的第四种实 施方式、或第二方面的第五种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二方面的第六种 实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG 的负载信息,根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大于或等于预置的 负载阔值, 获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息, 并根据所获取 的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息以及所述 MN的位置从所述其他接口对应 的 MAG中为所述 MN选择所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所述第二接口 对应。  In combination with the third embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, or the fourth embodiment of the second aspect, or the fifth embodiment of the second aspect, the sixth aspect of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention In an embodiment, the SDN controller is further configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, and determine, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load And obtaining the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface of the MN, and selecting, according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface, the location of the MN, the MAG corresponding to the other interface from the MAG. In the second MAG, the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第二种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第七种实施方式中, - - 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态; With reference to the second embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a seventh implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, - the SDN controller is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所 述第一承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息,根据所述第一承载消息确定需 要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller is further configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface, and determining, according to the first bearer message, that the The first data stream moves from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第八种实施方式中,  With reference to the third embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the eighth implementation manner of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The SDN controller is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所 述第二承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息,, 根据所述第二承载消息确定 需要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller is further configured to receive the second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, and determine, according to the second bearer message, that the The first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第九种实施方式中,  In conjunction with the third embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in a ninth embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第 三承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 并根据所述第三承载消息确定 需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 或者 当所述 MN 具有两个以上的接口时, 所述 SDN控制器还用于, 从所述 MN的一个接口对应的 MAG中接收第四承载消息, 所述第四承载消息中包含 所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 SDN控制器根据所述第四承载消息确定需 要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and the SDN controller is further configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer is The message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and determining, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; or when the MN When there are more than two interfaces, the SDN controller is further configured to: receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN And determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the fourth bearer message.
结合本发明实施例的第二方面的第二种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第二 方面的第十种实施方式中,  With reference to the second embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, in the tenth embodiment of the second aspect of the embodiment of the present invention,
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息, 并根据所述 第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN 的第一接口移动到所述 MN 的第二接口;  The SDN controller is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; the SDN controller is further configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, and according to the The five bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于所述 MN请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。  The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used by the MN to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
本发明实施例第三方面提供了另一种软件自定义网络 SDN控制器,包括: 处理器,用于确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所 - - 述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所述第二 接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径;判断所述第二路径中包含的移动接入网 关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; 根据所述判断结 果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备; 发送器,用于向所述处理器确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发 送所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第一数据流从所 述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。 A third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides another software-defined network SDN controller, including: a processor, configured to determine that a first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of a mobile node MN to a a second interface of the MN, the first interface corresponds to a first path of the first data stream, the second interface corresponds to a second path of the first data stream, and the second path is determined Whether the included mobile access gateway MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device; determining, according to the determination result, the network element that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path a device, configured to send, by the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message to the processor, the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data is to be sent The flow moves from the first path to the second path.
结合本发明实施例的第三方面,在本发明实施例第三方面的第一种实施方 式中,所述流表项调整消息还用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消息 的内容调整所述网元设备中的流表项。  With reference to the third aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the third aspect, the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts a message according to the flow entry. The content adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
本发明实施例第四方面提供了一种数据流移动的方法, 所述方法包括: A fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention provides a method for moving a data stream, where the method includes:
SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所 述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所述第二 接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并且判断所述第二路径中包含的移动接 入网关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; The SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, the first interface corresponding to the first path of the first data stream, the second interface Corresponding to the second path of the first data stream, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
所述 SDN控制器根据判断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接 收由所述 SDN控制器发送的流表项调整消息的网元设备;  Determining, by the SDN controller, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller in the network element device of the second path according to the determination result;
所述 SDN控制器向所述确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送 所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第一数据流从所述 第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。  The SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is from the The first path moves to the second path transmission.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面,在本发明实施例的第四方面的第一种实施 方式中,所述流表项调整消息还用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消 息的内容调整所述网元设备中的流表项。  With reference to the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a first implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments, the flow entry adjustment message is further used to indicate that the network element device adjusts according to the flow entry The content of the message adjusts the flow entry in the network element device.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第一种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第二种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器根据判断结果在所述第二路径的 网元设备中确定需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息的网元设备 具体包括:  With reference to the first embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a second implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiment, the SDN controller is in the network element of the second path according to the determination result. The determining, by the device, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller includes:
若所述判断结果为所述第一路径包含的 MAG 与所述第二路径包含的 MAG为同一个设备, 所述同一个设备为第一 MAG, 所述 SDN控制器确定所 述第一 MAG为需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息的网元设备; - - 所述 SDN控制器向所述确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送 所述流表项调整消息具体为: If the result of the determination is that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, the same device is the first MAG, and the SDN controller determines that the first MAG is Receiving, by the SDN controller, a network element device that sends a flow entry adjustment message; - the SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, specifically:
所述 SDN控制器向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 所述第一 流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消息的内容 将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项;  The SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts the content of the message according to the first flow entry The flow entry in the MAG is modified to be the first flow entry.
所述第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第一种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第三种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器根据判断结果在所述第二路径的 网元设备中确定需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息的网元设备 具体包括:  With reference to the first embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a third implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present disclosure, the SDN controller is in the network element of the second path according to the determination result. The determining, by the device, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller includes:
若所述判断结果为所述第一路径中包含的 MAG与所述第二路径中包含的 MAG 不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含第一 MAG, 所述第二路径中包 含第二 MAG,则所述 SDN控制器确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和所述第二 MAG 为需要接收所述流表项调整消息的网元设备;  If the result of the determination is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, the first path includes a first MAG, and the second path includes a first path. a second MAG, wherein the SDN controller determines that the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
所述 SDN控制器向所述确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送所 述流表项调整消息具体包括:  And the sending, by the SDN controller, the flow entry adjustment message to the network element device that is required to receive the flow entry adjustment message includes:
所述 SDN控制器向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 所述第二 流表项调整消息用于指示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调整消息的内容 增加第二流表项; 以及  The SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the content of the second flow entry adjustment message. Second flow entry;
所述 SDN控制器向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述第三流表 项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容将所述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项;  The SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry to be in the LMA. The flow entry is modified to the third flow entry;
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前 缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第 二接口;  The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 - - 口转发。 The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: connecting the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel - - Port forwarding.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第四种实施方式中, 在所述 SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口之前, 所述方法还包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the MN Before the first interface is moved to the second interface of the MN, the method further includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述第二 MAG与所述 LMA没有建立隧道; 所述 SDN控制器向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第一隧道建 立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的所 述 LMA侧的隧道接口, 所述第一隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA与所述 第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息;  The SDN controller determines that the second MAG does not establish a tunnel with the LMA; the SDN controller sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA, where the first tunnel establishment message is used to indicate the LMA establishment a tunnel interface of the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
所述 SDN控制器向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 所述第二隧 道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的 隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  The SDN controller sends a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG. The tunnel interface of the second MAG, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第三种实施方式,或第四方面的第四种实 施方式, 在本发明实施例的第四方面的第五种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器 向确定的所述网元设备发送所述流表项调整消息之后还包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, or the fourth implementation manner of the fourth aspect, in a fifth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, the SDN controller After the determined network element device sends the flow entry adjustment message, the method further includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项; 所述 SDN控制器将所述第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA消息中, 并将所述 RA消息通过所述第二 MAG发送给所述 MN。  Determining, by the SDN controller, the LMA and the second MAG to adjust a flow entry; the SDN controller encapsulates a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA message, and the RA A message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第三种实施方式,或第四方面的第四种实 施方式, 或第四方面的第五种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四方面的第六种 实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器确定需要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN的第一 接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention, or the fourth embodiment of the fourth aspect, or the fifth embodiment of the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect of the fourth aspect of the embodiment of the present invention In an embodiment, the determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN includes:
所述 SDN控制器获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息; 所述 SDN控制器根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大于或等 于预置的负载阔值;  The SDN controller acquires load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, and the SDN controller determines, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold;
所述 SDN控制器获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息, 并 根据所获取的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息以及所述 MN的位置从所述其 他接口对应的 MAG中为所述 MN选择所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所 述第二接口对应。 - - 结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第二种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第七种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括: The SDN controller acquires load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces, and the location of the MN is from the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces. The MN selects the second MAG, and the second MAG corresponds to the second interface. In conjunction with the second embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a seventh implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the The moving the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN specifically includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The SDN controller determines that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所述第一承 载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  Receiving, by the SDN controller, the first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface;
所述 SDN控制器根据所述第一承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller determines, based on the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第八种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in an eighth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the MN The moving the first interface to the second interface of the MN specifically includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The SDN controller determines that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所述第二承 载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  The SDN controller receives the second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface;
所述 SDN控制器根据所述第二承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller determines, based on the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第三种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第九种实施方式中, 所述 SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括:  With reference to the third embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a ninth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be from the MN The moving the first interface to the second interface of the MN specifically includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述 SDN控制器从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第三承载消 息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 并根据所述第三承载消息确定需要将第 一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 或者  Determining, by the SDN controller, that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled; the SDN controller receives a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes the L2 of the MN a layer attach request, and determining, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; or
当所述 MN具有两个以上的接口时, 所述 SDN控制器从所述 MN的一个 接口对应的 MAG中接收第四承载消息,所述第四承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求,所述 SDN控制器根据所述第四承载消息确定需要将第一数据 流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  When the MN has more than two interfaces, the SDN controller receives a fourth bearer message from the MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN. And determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the fourth bearer message.
结合本发明实施例的第四方面的第二种实施方式,在本发明实施例的第四 方面的第十种实施方式中, SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的 第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括: - - 所述 SDN控制器确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; With reference to the second embodiment of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, in a tenth implementation manner of the fourth aspect of the embodiments of the present invention, the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be the first one from the MN. The second interface of the interface moving to the MN specifically includes: - the SDN controller determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not turned on;
所述 SDN控制器从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息, 并根据所述第五 承载消息确定第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。  Receiving, by the SDN controller, a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, and determining, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
从以上技术方案可以看出, 本发明实施例具有以下优点:  As can be seen from the above technical solutions, the embodiments of the present invention have the following advantages:
本发明实施例中, SDN控制器包括: 第一确定单元, 用于确定需要将第 一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口, 所述第一 接口对应第一路径, 所述第二接口对应第二路径, 并且判断所述第二路径中包 含的移动接入网关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; 第二确定单元,用于根据所述第一确定单元的判断结果在所述第二路径的网元 设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备; 第一发送单元, 用于向所述 第二确定单元确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送所述流表项调 整消息, 以实现将所述第一数据流从所述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输, 所述流表项调整消息用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消息的内容 调整所述网元设备中的流表项,从而无需网元设备之间进行协商, 而且与现有 技术相比,在数据流移动过程中, 网元设备 LMA和 MAG可以根据 SDN控制 器指令进行操作,这样网元设备 LMA和 MAG可以适用于任意的网际协议( IP, Internet Protocol ), 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In the embodiment of the present invention, the SDN controller includes: a first determining unit, configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first interface a path, the second interface corresponding to the second path, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path; Determining, in the network element device of the second path, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message according to the determination result of the first determining unit; the first sending unit, configured to determine, by the second determining unit The network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sends the flow entry adjustment message to move the first data flow from the first path to the second path, where the flow entry The adjustment message is used to instruct the network element device to adjust the flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message, so that the network element device does not need to negotiate, and Compared with the technology, in the process of data stream movement, the network element devices LMA and MAG can operate according to the SDN controller instructions, so that the network element devices LMA and MAG can be applied to any Internet Protocol (IP, Internet Protocol), and then in the network. The cost is saved during construction.
附图说明 DRAWINGS
图 1为本发明实施例中 SDN控制器一个实施例示意图;  1 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 2为本发明实施例中 SDN控制器另一实施例示意图;  2 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 3为本发明实施例中仅有一个 MAG时数据流移动的示意图;  3 is a schematic diagram of data flow when there is only one MAG in the embodiment of the present invention;
图 4为本发明实施例中 SDN控制器另一实施例示意图;  4 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 5为本发明实施例中有多个 MAG时数据流移动的示意图;  FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of data flow movement when there are multiple MAGs in an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 6为本发明实施例中 SDN控制器另一实施例示意图;  6 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 7为本发明实施例中网络系统一个实施例示意图;  7 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 8为本发明实施例中网络系统中各个网元与网络间信令交互的示意图; 图 9为本发明实施例中网络系统中各个网元与网络间信令交互的示意图; 图 10 为本发明实施例中网络系统中各个网元与网络间信令交互的示意 - - FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and a network in a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and a network in a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention; Schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and network in a network system in an embodiment of the invention - -
图 11 为本发明实施例中网络系统中各个网元与网络间信令交互的示意 图 12为本发明实施例中 SDN控制器一个实施例示意图; 11 is a schematic diagram of signaling interaction between each network element and a network in a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 13为本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法一个实施例示意图;  13 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 14为本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法另一实施例示意图;  FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 15为本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法另一实施例示意图;  FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG.
图 16为本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法另一实施例示意图;  16 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention;
图 17为本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法另一实施例示意图。  FIG. 17 is a schematic diagram of another embodiment of a method for moving a data stream according to an embodiment of the present invention.
具体实施方式 detailed description
本发明实施例提供一种数据流移动的方法、 网络系统及 SDN控制器, 无需 网元设备之间进行协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 在数据流移动过程中, 网元设 备 LMA和 MAG可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作,这样网元设备 LMA和 MAG 可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  The embodiment of the invention provides a data stream moving method, a network system and an SDN controller, which do not need to negotiate between network element devices, and compared with the prior art, in the data stream moving process, the network element devices LMA and MAG It can be operated according to the SDN controller instructions, so that the network element devices LMA and MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
需要说明的是,本发明实施例中仅以不同的数据流使用不同的通信地址前 缀为例进行说明, 即初始时, LMA为不同的数据流分配不同的通信地址前缀。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, different communication address prefixes are used as an example for different data streams, that is, initially, the LMA allocates different communication address prefixes for different data streams.
请参照图 1,图 1为本发明实施例中软件自定义网络( SDN, Software Defined Network )控制器一个实施例, 该 SDN控制器包括: 第一确定单元 101、 第二确 定单元 102、 第一发送单元 103 ;  Referring to FIG. 1, FIG. 1 is an embodiment of a software defined network (SDN) controller according to an embodiment of the present invention. The SDN controller includes: a first determining unit 101, a second determining unit 102, and a first Transmitting unit 103;
第一确定单元 101,用于确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接 口移动到该 MN的第二接口,第一接口对应第一数据流的第一路径,第二接口 对应第一数据流的第二路径, 并且判断第二路径中包含的移动接入网关 MAG 与第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; 本实施例中的第一路径及第二 路径均指第一数据流从 MN到 LMA的流动路径。  The first determining unit 101 is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, and the second interface corresponds to the first interface a second path of the data stream, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path; the first path and the second path in the embodiment are both A flow path from the MN to the LMA.
第二确定单元 102, 用于根据第一确定单元 101的判断结果在该第二路径 的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备。  The second determining unit 102 is configured to determine, according to the determination result of the first determining unit 101, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path.
第一发送单元 103, 用于向第二确定单元 102确定的该网元设备发送该流 表项调整消息,该流表项调整消息用于指示将第一数据流从第一路径移动到第 二路径传输。  The first sending unit 103 is configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the network element device determined by the second determining unit 102, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second Path transfer.
本实施例中, SDN 控制器通过第一确定单元判断该第二路径中包含的 - - In this embodiment, the SDN controller determines, by using the first determining unit, the included in the second path. - -
MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 第二确定单元根据该 第一确定单元的判断结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调 整消息的网元设备, 第一发送单元向确定的该网元设备发送该流表项调整消 息, 以实现将该第一数据流移动到该第二路径中传输,从而无需网元设备之间 进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以根据 SDN 控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而 在网络建设中节约了成本。 Whether the MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device, and the second determining unit determines, according to the judgment result of the first determining unit, the network element that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path. The device, the first sending unit sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, so as to move the first data stream to the second path for transmission, so that data flow between the network element devices is not required. Negotiation, and compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
为了更好的理解上述的实施例,下面以一具体实施例对 SDN控制器中包括 的各个单元及元件的交互对 SDN控制器中的数据交互方式进行说明,请参阅图 2, 图 2示出了当网络中仅有一个 MAG设备、 该 MAG设备为第一 MAG时, SDN 控制器的结构。  For a better understanding of the above embodiments, the interaction of the various units and components included in the SDN controller to the data interaction mode in the SDN controller will be described below with reference to FIG. 2, FIG. 2 The structure of the SDN controller when there is only one MAG device in the network and the MAG device is the first MAG.
首先介绍当确定需要进行数据流转移, MN的第二接口为已开启状态时, 该 SDN控制器的结构, 该 SDN控制器包括: 第一确定单元 201、 第二确定单元 202和第一发送单元 203;  First, the structure of the SDN controller when the second interface of the MN is in an open state is determined. The SDN controller includes: a first determining unit 201, a second determining unit 202, and a first sending unit. 203;
第一确定单元 201包括: 第二确定子单元 2011、 第一接收子单元 2012及第 三确定子单元 2013, 具体地:  The first determining unit 201 includes: a second determining subunit 2011, a first receiving subunit 2012, and a third determining subunit 2013, specifically:
当确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到该 MN的该 第二接口前, 第二确定子单元 2011确定该第二接口为已开启状态, 第一接收 子单元 2012接收第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 该第一承载消息包括第二 接口的标识信息, 所述标识信息例如第二接口的名称、 编号等, 第三确定子单 元 2013根据第一接收单元 2012接收到的第一承载消息确定需要将第一数据流 从 MN的第一接口移动到 MN的第二接口。  Before determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, the second determining subunit 2011 determines that the second interface is in an enabled state, and the first receiving subunit 2012 receives a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, where the identifier information is, for example, a name, a number, and the like of the second interface, and the third determining subunit 2013 receives the information according to the first receiving unit 2012. The first bearer message to arrive determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
下面举一个实际应用场景进行说明, 例如图 3所示, 初始时, MN将数据 流 X通过接口 1传输到第一 MAG,然后经由第一 MAG发送至 LMA。当 SDN 控制器确定需要使用接口 2传输数据流 X时, 第一 MAG可以向 SDN控制器 发送第一承载消息, 第一承载消息用于告知 SDN控制器接口 2的标识信息, SDN控制器根据第一承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN的第一接口移动 到 MN 的第二接口。 在实际应用中, 由于第二接口为已开启状态, 此时 MN 无需通过第二接口注册到网络中,所以 MN可以直接通过第二接口发送第一数 据流到第一 MAG。 - - 需要说明的是, 在初始状态时, 第一 MAG包含第一数据流的流表项, 无 论第一数据流从 MN的哪个接口发送至第一 MAG, 该第一 MAG均可以根据 第一数据流的流表项将该第一数据流转发至 LMA, 故, 当第一 MAG发送第 一承载消息至 SDN控制器时, 第一 MAG可以将从第二接口接收的第一数据 流转发至 LMA, 当然第一 MAG也可以在接收到第一流表项调整消息之后, 再发送第一数据流至 LMA。 The following is a practical application scenario. For example, as shown in FIG. 3, initially, the MN transmits the data stream X to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then sends it to the LMA via the first MAG. When the SDN controller determines that the data stream X needs to be transmitted by using the interface 2, the first MAG may send a first bearer message to the SDN controller, where the first bearer message is used to notify the identifier information of the SDN controller interface 2, and the SDN controller according to the A bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN. In the actual application, the MN does not need to register with the second interface to the network, so the MN can directly send the first data stream to the first MAG through the second interface. - In the initial state, the first MAG includes a flow entry of the first data flow, and the first MAG may be based on the first data flow from the interface of the MN to the first MAG. The flow entry of the data flow forwards the first data flow to the LMA, so when the first MAG sends the first bearer message to the SDN controller, the first MAG may forward the first data stream received from the second interface to The LMA, of course, may also send the first data stream to the LMA after receiving the first flow entry adjustment message.
本实施例中, 由于网络中仅有一个 MAG设备, 所以第一确定单元 201的 判断结果为该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG为同一个 设备, 且同一个设备为第一 MAG, 第二确定单元 202确定该第一 MAG为需 要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备,由第一发送单元 203将第一流表项调整消 息发送给第一 MAG。  In this embodiment, since there is only one MAG device in the network, the first determining unit 201 determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the same device For the first MAG, the second determining unit 202 determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and the first sending unit 203 sends the first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
第一流表项调整消息用于指示该第一 MAG根据第一流表项调整消息的内 容将该第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项,第一流表项调整消息的内容 包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第一匹配 项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry according to the content of the first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: A matching entry: the destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
本实施例中, 当仅有一个 MAG时, 通过第一确定单元判断该第二路径中 包含的 MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 第二确定单元 根据判断结果确定该第一 MAG为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备, 然后 第一发送单元向该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息,从而无需网元设备之 间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG 可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there is only one MAG, the first determining unit determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the second determining unit determines the The first MAG is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message, and then the first sending unit sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and Compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
下面介绍当网络中仅有一个 MAG设备、 该 MAG为第一 MAG, 且在第 一数据流移动前, 第二接口为未开启状态时, 该 SDN控制器的结构, 该 SDN 控制器包括: 第一确定单元 201、 第二确定单元 202和第一发送单元 203。  The following describes the structure of the SDN controller when there is only one MAG device in the network, the MAG is the first MAG, and the second interface is not open before the first data flow moves, and the SDN controller includes: A determining unit 201, a second determining unit 202, and a first transmitting unit 203.
第一确定单元 201包括: 第九确定子单元 2014、 第五接收子单元 2015和 第十确定子单元 2016, 具体地:  The first determining unit 201 includes: a ninth determining subunit 2014, a fifth receiving subunit 2015, and a tenth determining subunit 2016, specifically:
第九确定子单元 2014确定 MN将未开启的该第二接口开启, MN向第一 MAG发送 L2层附着请求, MN利用 L2层附着请求将第二接口接入到该第一 MAG, 第一 MAG接收到 L2层附着请求后, 向 SDN控制器发送第五承载消 - - 息, 第五接收子单元 2015从该第一 MAG接收第五承载消息, 该第五承载消 息中包含该 MN的 L2层附着请求, 然后第十确定子单元 2016根据第五接收 子单元 2015接收到的第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN的第一接口 移动到 MN的第二接口。 The ninth determining sub-unit 2014 determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled, the MN sends an L2 layer attach request to the first MAG, and the MN accesses the second interface to the first MAG by using the L2 layer attach request, the first MAG. After receiving the L2 layer attach request, sending the fifth bearer cancellation to the SDN controller The fifth receiving subunit 2015 receives a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, where the fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and then the tenth determining subunit 2016 is according to the fifth receiving subunit 2015. The received fifth bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
本实施例中, 由于网络中仅有一个 MAG设备, 所以第一确定单元 201的 判断结果为第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG为同一个设 备, 且同一个设备为第一 MAG, 第二确定单元 202确定该第一 MAG为需要 发送流表项调整消息的网元设备,由第一发送单元 203将第一流表项调整消息 发送给第一 MAG。  In this embodiment, since there is only one MAG device in the network, the first determining unit 201 determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the same device is The first determining unit 202 determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message, and the first sending unit 203 sends the first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
第一流表项调整消息用于指示该第一 MAG根据第一流表项调整消息的内 容将该第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项,第一流表项调整消息的内容 包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第一匹配 项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry according to the content of the first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: A matching entry: the destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
需要说明的是, 由于本实施例中仅有一个 MAG, 即为第一 MAG, 初始 状态, MN通过第一接口将第一数据流经由第一 MAG传送至 LMA中, 此时 第一 MAG与 LMA之间已经建立完隧道; 当第一数据流由 MN的第一接口切 换到第二接口传输时, 隧道没有变化,且 MN在初始状态时已获知第一数据流 对应的网络地址前缀, 所以无需重新建立隧道, 同时 SDN控制器无需为 MN 重新配置通信地址前缀。  It should be noted that, since there is only one MAG in this embodiment, that is, the first MAG, the initial state, the MN transmits the first data stream to the LMA through the first MAG through the first interface, where the first MAG and the LMA are The tunnel has been established. When the first data stream is switched from the first interface of the MN to the second interface, the tunnel does not change, and the MN has learned the network address prefix corresponding to the first data stream in the initial state, so there is no need to The tunnel is re-established and the SDN controller does not need to reconfigure the communication address prefix for the MN.
本实施例中, 当仅有一个 MAG时, 第一确定单元判断该第二路径中包含 的 MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 第二确定单元根据 判断结果确定该第一 MAG为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备, 然后第一 发送单元向该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息,从而无需网元设备之间进 行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以根据 SDN 控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而 在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there is only one MAG, the first determining unit determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the second determining unit determines the first according to the determination result. A MAG is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message, and then the first sending unit sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and Compared with the technology, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
下面请参见图 4, 图 4为本发明实施例中 SDN控制器另一实施例, 图 4 示出了当网络中有多个 MAG设备时, SDN控制器的结构, 所述多个 MAG设 备包括第一 MAG、 第二 MAG。  Referring to FIG. 4, FIG. 4 is another embodiment of an SDN controller according to an embodiment of the present invention. FIG. 4 shows a structure of an SDN controller when there are multiple MAG devices in the network, where the multiple MAG devices include First MAG, second MAG.
本实施例主要介绍由于第一 MAG的负载过载触发数据流移动时 SDN控 - - 制器的结构, 该 SDN控制器包括: 第一确定单元 401、 第二确定单元 402、 第 一发送单元 403; This embodiment mainly introduces the SDN control when the data flow is triggered due to the load overload of the first MAG. - The structure of the controller, the SDN controller includes: a first determining unit 401, a second determining unit 402, and a first sending unit 403;
第一确定单元 401包括: 获取子单元 4011、 第一确定子单元 4012和选择 子单元 4013, 具体地:  The first determining unit 401 includes: an obtaining subunit 4011, a first determining subunit 4012, and a selecting subunit 4013, specifically:
获取子单元 4011,用于获取第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息, 所述 负载信息可以指接收第一 MAG的 MN的接口的数量, MAG接入 MN的接口 的数量越多, 负载就越大。  The obtaining sub-unit 4011 is configured to obtain load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, where the load information may be the number of interfaces of the MN that receives the first MAG, and the more the number of interfaces that the MAG accesses the MN, the load is The bigger.
第一确定子单元 4012, 用于根据获取子单元 4011获取到的该负载信息确 定第一 MAG的负载, 当第一 MAG的负载大于或等于预置的负载阔值时, 触 发获取子单元 4011获取 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息。  The first determining sub-unit 4012 is configured to determine a load of the first MAG according to the load information acquired by the obtaining sub-unit 4011. When the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold, the triggering obtaining sub-unit 4011 obtains The load information of the MAG corresponding to other interfaces of the MN.
选择子单元 4013,用于根据获取子单元 4011获取 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息及 MN的位置从其他接口对应的 MAG中为 MN选择另一 MAG, 另一 MAG可以是负载小于预置的负载阔值的 MAG, 也可以是负载最 轻的 MAG, 本实施例中, 所述另一 MAG为第二 MAG, 第二 MAG与第二接 口对应。  The selecting sub-unit 4013 is configured to select, according to the acquiring sub-unit 4011, the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface of the MN and the location of the MN, select another MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface, and the other MAG may be the load less than the preset. In this embodiment, the other MAG is the second MAG, and the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
此时第二接口可能为已开启状态, 或者为未开启状态, 此处主要以第二接 口为已开启状态进行说明。 第一确定单元 401 进一步包括: 第四确定子单元 4014、 第二接收子单元 4015及第五确定子单元 4016, 具体地:  At this time, the second interface may be in the open state or the unopened state. Here, the second interface is mainly turned on. The first determining unit 401 further includes: a fourth determining subunit 4014, a second receiving subunit 4015, and a fifth determining subunit 4016, specifically:
第四确定单元 4014, 用于确定第二接口为已开启状态;  a fourth determining unit 4014, configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
第二接收子单元 4015,用于接收第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息,第二承 载消息包括第二接口的标识信息;  The second receiving sub-unit 4015 is configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface.
第五确定子单元 4016, 根据第二接收子单元 4015接收到的第二承载消息 确定需要将第一数据流从 MN的第一接口移动到 MN的第二接口。  The fifth determining subunit 4016 determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the second bearer message received by the second receiving subunit 4015.
下面举例进行说明, 例如图 5所示, 初始时, MN将数据流 X及数据流 Y 均通过接口 1输出到第一 MAG,然后第一 MAG将数据流 X及数据流 Y输出 到 LMA, LMA为数据流 X分配的通信地址前缀为 prefl, 为数据流 Y分配的 通信地址前缀为 pref2。 第一 MAG中分别保存有对数据流 X及数据流 Y进行 转发的流表项, 数据流 X对应的流表项具有的通信地址前缀为 prefl , 数据流 Y对应的流表项具有的通信地址前缀为 pref2。  The following is an example. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, initially, the MN outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then the first MAG outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the LMA, LMA. The communication address prefix assigned to data stream X is prefl, and the communication address prefix assigned to data stream Y is pref2. A flow entry for forwarding the data flow X and the data flow Y is stored in the first MAG, and the flow entry corresponding to the data flow X has a communication address prefix of prefl, and the flow entry corresponding to the flow entry Y has a communication address. The prefix is pref2.
在某一时刻, SDN控制器获取第一 MAG的负载信息, 当确定第一 MAG - - 的负载信息大于或等于预置的负载阔值时, 确定需要将数据流 Y进行接口转 移。 SDN控制器获取 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息, 根据 MN的 位置从其他 MAG 中获取负载最轻或负载小于负载阔值的 MAG作为第二 MAG, 第二 MAG对应接口 2, 这样 SDN控制器就确定了需要将数据流 Y从 接口 1转移到接口 2。 由于接口 2为已开启状态, 此时 MN无需通过接口 2注 册到网络中, 第二 MAG直接向 SDN控制器发送第一承载消息, 第一承载消 息中包括第二接口的标识信息, 这样 SDN控制器就确定了需要将数据流 Y转 移到第二接口。 At a certain moment, the SDN controller acquires load information of the first MAG, when determining the first MAG - When the load information is greater than or equal to the preset load threshold, it is determined that the data stream Y needs to be interfaced. The SDN controller obtains the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and obtains the MAG with the lightest load or the load less than the load threshold as the second MAG according to the location of the MN, and the second MAG corresponds to the interface 2, so that the SDN control The device determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred from interface 1 to interface 2. Since the interface 2 is in the open state, the MN does not need to register to the network through the interface 2, and the second MAG directly sends the first bearer message to the SDN controller, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, such that the SDN control The device determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred to the second interface.
由于本实施例中网络中有多个 MAG设备,所以在确定需要将第一数据流 从 MN的第一接口转移 MN的第二接口之后, 第一确定单元 401还需要判断 第二路径中包含的 MAG与第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 本实 施例的判断结果为否, 即第一路径中包含第一 MAG, 第二路径中包含第二 MAG,第二确定单元 402确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和第二 MAG为需要接收 流表项调整消息的网元设备。  Since there are multiple MAG devices in the network in this embodiment, after determining that the first data stream needs to be transferred from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, the first determining unit 401 further needs to determine the information included in the second path. Whether the MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device, and the determination result in the embodiment is no, that is, the first path includes the first MAG, the second path includes the second MAG, and the second determining unit 402 determines the local The mobile anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
第一发送单元 403 向需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送流表项调 整消息, 本实施例中, 第一发送单元 403具体包括: 第一发送子单元 4031及 第二发送子单元 4032, 其中:  The first sending unit 403 sends a flow entry adjustment message to the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message. In this embodiment, the first sending unit 403 specifically includes: a first sending subunit 4031 and a second sending subunit 4032 , among them:
第一发送子单元 4031用于, 向第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 第 二流表项调整消息用于指示第二 MAG根据第二流表项调整消息的内容增加第 二流表项。 第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发; 以及第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配前项: 目的地址前 缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第 二接口。  The first sending sub-unit 4031 is configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the second flow table according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message. item. The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; The content of the second-flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
第二发送子单元 4032用于, 向 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 第三流 表项调整消息用于指示 LMA根据第三流表项调整消息的内容将 LMA中的流 表项修改为第三流表项, 第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的 地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA- 第二 MAG隧道接口转发。  The second sending sub-unit 4032 is configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the LMA to modify the flow entry in the LMA according to the content of the third flow entry adjustment message to The third flow entry, the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; and the flow table operation: the first data flow is from the LMA-second MAG Tunnel interface forwarding.
另外, SDN控制器还可以包括第三确定单元 404、封装单元 405及第四发 - - 送单元 406, 其中: In addition, the SDN controller may further include a third determining unit 404, a packaging unit 405, and a fourth sending - - Send unit 406, where:
第三确定单元 404用于, 在第一发送子单元 4031向第二 MAG发送第二 流表项调整消息及第二发送子单元 4032向 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息之 后, 确定 LMA与第二 MAG调整完流表项。  The third determining unit 404 is configured to: after the first sending sub-unit 4031 sends the second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and the second sending sub-unit 4032 sends the third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, determine the LMA and the first The second MAG adjusts the flow entry.
封装单元 405用于, 将第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA 消息中。  The encapsulating unit 405 is configured to encapsulate the communication address prefix of the first data stream in the router advertisement RA message.
第四发送单元 406用于, 将 RA消息通过第二 MAG发送给 MN。  The fourth sending unit 406 is configured to send the RA message to the MN through the second MAG.
本实施例中, 第一数据流从第一路径转移到第二路径之后, 所使用的通信 地址前缀保持不变。  In this embodiment, after the first data stream is transferred from the first path to the second path, the used communication address prefix remains unchanged.
本实施例中, 当有多个 MAG时, 选择子单元可以通过 MAG的负载状态 信息和 MN的位置为 MN选择第二 MAG, 然后第二确定单元确定 LMA和该 第二路径中第二 MAG为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备,并通过第一发 送子单元向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息以及第二发送子单元向该 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 使得第一数据流从 MN的第二接口经由第二 MAG发送至 LMA,从而无需网元设备之间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现 有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元 设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there are multiple MAGs, the selecting subunit may select the second MAG for the MN by using the load state information of the MAG and the location of the MN, and then the second determining unit determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are The network element device that needs to send the flow entry adjustment message, and sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG by using the first sending subunit, and the second sending subunit sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA. The first data stream is sent from the second interface of the MN to the LMA via the second MAG, so that the negotiation of the data flow movement between the network element devices is not required, and compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can be based on the SDN controller. The instruction operates, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
上面介绍了当网络中有多个 MAG设备, 且由于第一 MAG的负载过载触 发了数据流移动时 SDN控制器的结构, 下面将介绍当网络中有多个 MAG设 备, 由于有新接口开启触发了数据流移动时 SDN控制器的结构, 具体请参阅 图 6, 图 6中 SDN控制器包括: 第一确定单元 601、 第二确定单元 602、 第二 发送单元 603、 第三发送单元 604、 及第一发送单元 605。  The above describes the structure of the SDN controller when there are multiple MAG devices in the network, and the load of the first MAG triggers the movement of the data stream. The following describes how there are multiple MAG devices in the network. For the structure of the SDN controller when the data stream moves, please refer to FIG. 6. The SDN controller in FIG. 6 includes: a first determining unit 601, a second determining unit 602, a second sending unit 603, a third sending unit 604, and The first transmitting unit 605.
其中,第一确定单元 601包括第六确定子单元 6011、第三接收子单元 6012 及第七确定子单元 6013, 或者所述第一确定单元 601 包括第六确定子单元 6011、 第四接收子单元 6014及第八确定子单元 6015。  The first determining unit 601 includes a sixth determining subunit 6011, a third receiving subunit 6012, and a seventh determining subunit 6013, or the first determining unit 601 includes a sixth determining subunit 6011 and a fourth receiving subunit. 6014 and an eighth determining subunit 6015.
第一发送单元 605包括第一发送子单元 6051及第二发送子单元 6052。 其中, 第六确定子单元 6011 确定 MN将未开启的第二接口开启, 由于 MN的第二接口为新开启接口, 并未接入网络, 因此 MN需要向第二 MAG发 送 MN的 L2层附着请求,利用 L2层附着请求将第二接口接入到该第二 MAG, 第二 MAG接收到 MN发送的 L2层附着请求后,向 SDN控制器发送第三承载 - - 消息。 The first transmitting unit 605 includes a first transmitting subunit 6051 and a second transmitting subunit 6052. The sixth determining sub-unit 6011 determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled. Since the second interface of the MN is a newly opened interface and does not access the network, the MN needs to send the L2 layer attach request of the MN to the second MAG. The second interface is connected to the second MAG by using the L2 layer attach request, and the second MAG sends the third bearer to the SDN controller after receiving the L2 layer attach request sent by the MN. - - Message.
第三接收子单元 6012接收第二 MAG发送的第三承载消息, 第三承载消 息中包含 MN的 L2层附着请求, 第七确定子单元 6013根据第三接收子单元 6012接收到的第三承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移 动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The third receiving sub-unit 6012 receives the third bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the seventh determining sub-unit 6013 receives the third bearer message according to the third receiving sub-unit 6012. Determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
上面是以 MN有两个接口为例进行的说明, 当 MN具有两个以上的接口 时, 第六确定子单元 6011确定 MN将未开启的第二接口开启, 第四接收子单 元 6014可以从 MN的任意一个接口对应的 MAG中接收到第四承载消息, 所 述第四承载消息中包含 MN的 L2层附着请求, 第八确定子单元 6015根据第 四接收子单元 4019接收到的第四承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN的第 一接口移动到 MN的第二接口 .  The above is an example in which the MN has two interfaces. When the MN has more than two interfaces, the sixth determining subunit 6011 determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled, and the fourth receiving subunit 6014 can be from the MN. The fourth bearer message is received in the MAG corresponding to any one of the interfaces, the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the eighth determining subunit 6015 receives the fourth bearer message according to the fourth receiving subunit 4019. Determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
本实施例中, 网络中有多个 MAG设备, 所以在第一确定单元 601确定需 要将第一数据流从 MN的第一接口转移 MN的第二接口之后, 还需要判断第 二路径中包含的 MAG与第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 本实施 例的判断结果为否,即第一路径中包含第一 MAG,第二路径中包含第二 MAG, 第二确定单元 602确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和第二 MAG为需要接收流表项 调整消息的网元设备。  In this embodiment, there are multiple MAG devices in the network. Therefore, after the first determining unit 601 determines that the first data stream needs to be transferred from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, it is also required to determine the second path included. Whether the MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device, and the determination result in the embodiment is no, that is, the first path includes the first MAG, the second path includes the second MAG, and the second determining unit 602 determines the local The mobile anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
由于 MN的第二接口为新开启接口, LMA与第二 MAG之间还没有建立 隧道, 所以在第二确定单元 602确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和第二 MAG为需 要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备之后, 需要建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的 隧道, 具体地:  Since the second interface of the MN is a newly opened interface, and no tunnel is established between the LMA and the second MAG, the second determining unit 602 determines that the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are networks that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message. After the meta-device, a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG needs to be established, specifically:
由第二发送单元 603向 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 第一隧道建立消息 用于指示 LMA建立所述 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道的 LMA侧的隧道接口, 第一隧道建立消息包括:建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息; 由第三发送单元 604向第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 第二隧道建立 消息用于指示第二 MAG建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道的第二 MAG侧 的隧道接口, 第二隧道建立消息包括: 建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道的 隧道配置消息。  The second tunneling unit 603 sends a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel interface on the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel setup message includes: Establishing a tunnel configuration message of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG; sending, by the third sending unit 604, a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes the LMA and the second MAG. The tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel setup message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
在 LMA与第二 MAG之间建立起隧道之后, 由第一发送单元 605内的第 一发送子单元 6051向第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 第二流表项调整 - - 消息用于指示第二 MAG根据第二流表项调整消息的内容增加第二流表项。第 二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数据流的通信 地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转发; 以及 第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配前项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据 流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。 After the tunnel is established between the LMA and the second MAG, the first sending sub-unit 6051 in the first sending unit 605 sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry is adjusted. The message is used to instruct the second MAG to add the second flow entry according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message. The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; The content of the second-flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
同时由第二发送子单元 6052向 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 第三流 表项调整消息用于指示 LMA根据第三流表项调整消息的内容将 LMA中的流 表项修改为第三流表项, 第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的 地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA- 第二 MAG隧道接口转发。  The third flow entry adjustment message is sent to the LMA by the second sending sub-unit 6052, and the third flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the LMA to modify the flow entry in the LMA according to the content of the third flow entry adjustment message. The third flow entry, the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; and the flow table operation: the first data flow from the LMA-second MAG tunnel Interface forwarding.
另外, 本实施例中的 SDN控制器还可以包括第三确定单元 606、 封装单 元 607及第四发送单元 608, 其中:  In addition, the SDN controller in this embodiment may further include a third determining unit 606, a packaging unit 607, and a fourth sending unit 608, where:
第三确定单元 606用于, 在第一发送子单元 6051向第二 MAG发送第二 流表项调整消息及第二发送子单元 6052向 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息之 后, 确定 LMA与第二 MAG调整完流表项。  The third determining unit 606 is configured to: after the first sending sub-unit 6051 sends the second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and the second sending sub-unit 6052 sends the third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, determine the LMA and the first The second MAG adjusts the flow entry.
封装单元 607用于, 将第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA 消息中。  The encapsulating unit 607 is configured to encapsulate the communication address prefix of the first data stream in the router advertisement RA message.
第四发送单元 608用于, 将 RA消息通过第二 MAG发送给 MN。  The fourth sending unit 608 is configured to send the RA message to the MN through the second MAG.
本实施例中, 第一数据流从第一路径转移到第二路径之后, 所使用的通信 地址前缀保持不变。  In this embodiment, after the first data stream is transferred from the first path to the second path, the used communication address prefix remains unchanged.
本实施例中, 当有多个 MAG时, 在第二确定单元确定 LMA和该第二路 径中第二 MAG为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备之后,第二发送单元向 该 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 第三发送单元向第二 MAG发送第二隧道建 立消息, 从而建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道, 然后通过第一发送子单元 向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 以及通过第二发送子单元向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 使得第一数据流从第二接口经由第二 MAG 发送至 LMA, 从而无需网元设备之间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技 术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there are multiple MAGs, after the second determining unit determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are the network element devices that need to send the flow entry adjustment message, the second sending unit sends the LMA to the LMA. a first tunnel establishment message, the third sending unit sends a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, so as to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and then send the second flow table to the second MAG by using the first sending subunit. Transmitting the message, and sending the second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG by using the second sending subunit, so that the first data stream is sent from the second interface to the LMA via the second MAG, so that no need is performed between the network element devices. Compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
下面请参见图 7, 图 7为本发明实施例中网络系统一个实施例, 该网络系统 - - 包括: SDN控制器 11、 MN 12、 至少一个 MAG 13; Referring to FIG. 7, FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment of a network system according to an embodiment of the present invention. - - including: SDN controller 11, MN 12, at least one MAG 13;
SDN控制器 11用于执行下列流程:  The SDN controller 11 is used to perform the following processes:
确定需要将第一数据流从 MN 12的第一接口移动到 MN 12的第二接口, 第一接口对应第一数据流的第一路径,第二接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路 径, 并且判断第二路径中包含的 MAG与第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一 个设备;  Determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12, the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, and the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream And determining whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
根据判断结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息 的网元设备;  Determining, in the network element device of the second path, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message according to the judgment result;
向确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送该流表项调整消息,流 表项调整消息用于指示将第一数据流从第一路径移动到第二路径传输。  And sending, by the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second path.
另外,流表项调整消息还用于指示网元设备根据流表项调整消息的内容调 整网元设备中的流表项。  In addition, the flow entry adjustment message is further used to instruct the network element device to adjust the flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message.
本实施例中, 当在数据流移动过程中, SDN控制器可以判断该第二路径 中包含的 MAG 与第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 并根据判断 结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备,然 后向确定的该网元设备发送该流表项调整消息,以实现将第一数据流从第一路 径移动到第二路径传输,从而无需网元设备之间进行协商, 而且与现有技术相 比, 在数据流移动过程中, 减少了网元设备间的信令交互, 这样网元设备可以 适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and the second path is determined according to the judgment result. Determining, by the network element device, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, and then sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, so as to implement moving the first data flow from the first path to the second path Therefore, the network element device does not need to negotiate between the network element devices, and the signaling interaction between the network element devices is reduced during the data stream moving process, so that the network element device can be applied to any IP protocol, and thus Save costs in network construction.
下面介绍本发明网络系统中各个网元设备之间的信令交互过程的一个实 施例, 请参阅图 8, 本实施例中, 网络系统包括: SDN控制器 11、 MN 12、 第 一 MAG 131, MN 12的第二接口为已开启状态。  The following describes an embodiment of the signaling interaction process between the network element devices in the network system of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 8, in this embodiment, the network system includes: an SDN controller 11, an MN 12, and a first MAG 131. The second interface of the MN 12 is in an open state.
需要说明的是, 第一 MAG 131属于上述实施例中至少一个 MAG 13。  It should be noted that the first MAG 131 belongs to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
801、第一 MAG 131向 SDN控制器 11发送第一承载消息,该第一承载消 息包括该第二接口的标识信息;  801. The first MAG 131 sends a first bearer message to the SDN controller 11, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface.
802、 SDN控制器 11根据接收到的该第一承载消息确定需要将该第一数 据流从 MN 12的第一接口移动到 MN 12的第二接口, 第一接口对应第一数据 流的第一路径, 第二接口对应第一数据流的第二路径;  802. The SDN controller 11 determines, according to the received first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12, where the first interface corresponds to the first data stream. a path, where the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream;
803、 SDN控制器 11判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; - - 803. The SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path. - -
804、 SDN控制器 11在判断结果为该第一路径包含的 MAG与该第二路径 包含的 MAG为同一个设备, 且同一个 MAG为第一 MAG 131时, 确定第一 MAG131为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备; 804. When the SDN controller 11 determines that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG 131, determining that the first MAG 131 is a required flow table. The NE device of the item adjustment message;
805、 SDN控制器 11向第一 MAG131发送第一流表项调整消息;  805. The SDN controller 11 sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG 131.
806、第一 MAG131根据接收到的该第一流表项调整消息将自身存储的流 表项修改为该第一流表项, 第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目 的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第一匹配项对应的流表操作: 将 流表项中第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  806. The first MAG 131 modifies the flow entry of the first flow entry to the first flow entry according to the received first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: the first match: the destination address prefix is The communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
本实施例中, 当仅有一个 MAG时, SDN控制器 11判断该第二路径中包 含的 MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 并根据判断结果 确定该第一 MAG131为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备, SDN控制器 11 向该第一 MAG131发送第一流表项调整消息, 第一 MAG131根据接收到的该 第一流表项调整消息将自身存储的流表项修改为该第一流表项,从而无需网元 设备之间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以 根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协 议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there is only one MAG, the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and determines that the first MAG 131 is determined according to the determination result. The network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, the SDN controller 11 sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG 131, and the first MAG 131 adjusts the flow entry stored by the first flow entry according to the received first flow entry. The network element device MAG can be operated according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to the network element device MAG. In any IP protocol, the cost is saved in the network construction.
下面介绍本发明网络系统中各个网元设备之间的信令交互过程的另一实 施例, 请参阅图 9, 网络系统包括: SDN控制器 11、 MN 12、 第一 MAG 131, 且在第一数据流移动前, MN 12的第二接口为未开启状态。  The following describes another embodiment of the signaling interaction process between the network element devices in the network system of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 9, the network system includes: an SDN controller 11, an MN 12, a first MAG 131, and at the first Before the data stream moves, the second interface of the MN 12 is not turned on.
需要说明的是, 第一 MAG131属于上述实施例中至少一个 MAG 13。  It should be noted that the first MAG 131 belongs to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment.
901、 MN 12开启该第二接口,并向该第一 MAG 131发送 L2层附着请求; 902、 第一 MAG 131将该 L2层附着请求承载于第五承载消息中, 并将该 第五承载消息发送至 SDN控制器 11, MN12向第一 MAG发送 L2层附着请求 的目的是通过该 L2层附着请求将该第二接口接入到第一 MAG 131;  901. The MN 12 starts the second interface, and sends an L2 layer attach request to the first MAG 131. The 902, the first MAG 131 carries the L2 layer attach request in the fifth bearer message, and the fifth bearer message is sent. Sending to the SDN controller 11, the MN12 sends the L2 layer attach request to the first MAG, the second interface is connected to the first MAG 131 by the L2 layer attach request;
903、 SDN控制器 11根据该第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从该 MN 的第一接口移动到该 MN的第二接口;  903. The SDN controller 11 determines, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
904、 SDN控制器 11判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一路径中包含 的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  904. The SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path.
905、 SDN控制器 11在判断结果为该第一路径包含的 MAG与该第二路径 包含的 MAG为同一个设备, 且同一个设备为该第一 MAG 131时, 确定第一 - - 905. The SDN controller 11 determines that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and the same device is the first MAG 131. - -
MAG131为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备; The MAG131 is a network element device that needs to send a flow entry adjustment message.
906、 SDN控制器 11向第一 MAG131发送第一流表项调整消息;  906. The SDN controller 11 sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG 131.
907、第一 MAG 131根据接收到的该第一流表项调整消息将自身存储的流 表项修改为该第一流表项, 第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目 的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第一匹配项对应的流表操作: 将 流表项中的第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  907. The first MAG 131 modifies the flow entry of the first flow entry to the first flow entry according to the received first flow entry adjustment message, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: the first match: the destination address prefix The communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
本实施例中, 当网络系统中仅有一个 MAG时, SDN控制器 11判断该第 二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 并根 据判断结果确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备, 然后向 该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 第一 MAG 131根据接收到的该第一 流表项调整消息将自身存储的流表项修改为该第一流表项,从而无需网元设备 之间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以根据 In this embodiment, when there is only one MAG in the network system, the SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path, and determines the first according to the determination result. A MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and then sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first MAG 131 adjusts the flow table according to the received first flow entry adjustment message. The item is modified to be the first flow entry, so that the negotiation of the data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device MAG can be compared according to the prior art.
SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。 The SDN controller commands the operation, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
下面介绍本实施例中网络系统中各个网元设备之间的信令交互过程的另 一实施例, 请参阅图 10, 网络系统包括: SDN控制器 11、 MN 12、 第二 MAG The following describes another embodiment of the signaling interaction process between the network element devices in the network system in this embodiment. Referring to FIG. 10, the network system includes: SDN controller 11, MN 12, and second MAG.
132和第三 MAG 133、 LMA 14。 132 and third MAG 133, LMA 14.
需要说明的是, 第二 MAG 132和第三 MAG 133属于上述实施例中至少 一个 MAG 13, 本实施例主要以第一 MAG负载过载时触发数据流的移动为例 进行说明。  It should be noted that the second MAG 132 and the third MAG 133 belong to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment. This embodiment mainly describes the movement of the trigger data stream when the first MAG load is overloaded.
1001、 SDN控制器 11获取第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息; 1001. The SDN controller 11 acquires load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface.
1002、 SDN控制器 11然后根据获取到的该负载信息确定第一 MAG的负 载大于或等于预置的负载阔值, SDN控制器获取 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG 的负载信息,根据获取到的 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息以及 MN 的位置从其他接口对应的 MAG中为 MN选择第二 MAG, 第二 MAG与第二 接口对应, 第二 MAG可以为所有 MAG中负载小于预置的负载阔值的 MAG 或者负载最小的 MAG; The SDN controller 11 then determines that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to the preset load threshold according to the obtained load information, and the SDN controller acquires the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, according to the acquired MN. The load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces and the location of the MN selects the second MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface, the second MAG corresponds to the second interface, and the second MAG can be the load with less than the preset load in all the MAGs. a wide value MAG or a least loaded MAG;
1003、 第二 MAG 132将第二承载消息发送至 SDN控制器 11, 该第二承 载消息包括该第二接口的标识信息;  1003. The second MAG 132 sends the second bearer message to the SDN controller, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface.
1004、 SDN控制器 11根据接收到的该第二承载消息, 确定该第一数据流 - - 从 MN 12的第一接口移动到 MN 12的第二接口。 1004. The SDN controller 11 determines the first data stream according to the received second bearer message. - - Moving from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12.
1005、 SDN控制器 11判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与第一路径中包含 的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  1005. The SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path.
1006、 若判断结果为该第一路径包含的 MAG与该第二路径包含的 MAG 不为同一个设备, SDN控制器 11确定 LMA 14和该第二路径中第二 MAG 132 为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备;  1006. If the result of the determination is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 in the second path need to receive the flow entry. Adjusting the NE device of the message;
1007、 SDN控制器 11向第二 MAG 132发送第二流表项调整消息, 该第 二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数据流的通信 地址前缀; 该第二匹配项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流从 LMA- 第二 MAG隧道接口转发; 以及该第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹 配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第三匹配项对应的流表 操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口;  1007, the SDN controller 11 sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG 132, where the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; The flow table operation corresponding to the second matching item: forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third match: The destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the third matching item is: setting a next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface;
1008、 第二 MAG 132根据接收到的该第二流表项调整消息增加该第二流 表项;  1008. The second MAG 132 adds the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message.
1009、 SDN控制器 11向 LMA 14发送第三流表项调整消息, 该第三流表 项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址 前缀; 该第四匹配项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转发;  1009, the SDN controller 11 sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA 14, the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; The flow table operation corresponding to the four matches: forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface;
1010、 LMA 14根据接收到的该第三流表项调整消息将自身存储的流表项 修改为该第三流表项。  1010. The LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by the LMA to the third flow entry according to the received third flow entry adjustment message.
本实施例中, 当有多个 MAG时, SDN控制器 11可以通过 MAG的负载 信息和 MN的位置为 MN选择第二 MAG 132, 并从第二 MAG接收第二承载 消息, SDN控制器 11根据该第二承载消息确定该第一数据流从 MN 12的第一 接口移动到 MN 12的第二接口, 然后 SDN控制器 11确定 LMA 14和该第二 路径中第二 MAG 132为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备,并向第二 MAG 132发送第二流表项调整消息, 向 LMA 14发送第三流表项调整消息, 使得第 一数据流从 MN的第二接口经由第二 MAG发送至 LMA,第二 MAG 132根据 接收到的该第二流表项调整消息增加该第二流表项, LMA 14根据接收到的该 第三流表项调整消息将自身存储的流表项修改为该第三流表项,从而无需网元 设备之间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以 - - 根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协 议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。 In this embodiment, when there are multiple MAGs, the SDN controller 11 can select the second MAG 132 for the MN through the load information of the MAG and the location of the MN, and receive the second bearer message from the second MAG, and the SDN controller 11 The second bearer message determines that the first data stream moves from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12, and then the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 in the second path need to receive the flow table. The network element device of the item adjustment message sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG 132, and sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA 14, so that the first data flow is sent from the second interface of the MN to the second MAG. Sending to the LMA, the second MAG 132 adds the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message, and the LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by itself according to the received third flow entry adjustment message. For the third flow entry, the negotiation of the data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device MAG can be compared with the prior art. - - Operate according to the SDN controller instructions, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
下面介绍本发明网络系统中各个网元设备之间的信令交互过程的另一实 施例, 请参阅图 11, 网络系统包括: SDN控制器 11、 MN 12、 第二 MAG 132、 LMA 14, 初始时, MN 12的第二接口为未开启状态, 本实施例主要以 MN 将第二接口开启触发数据流的移动为例进行说明。  The following describes another embodiment of the signaling interaction process between the network element devices in the network system of the present invention. Referring to FIG. 11, the network system includes: SDN controller 11, MN 12, second MAG 132, LMA 14, and initial The second interface of the MN 12 is in an unopened state. This embodiment is mainly described by taking the movement of the second interface to enable the trigger data flow by the MN.
需要说明的是, 第二 MAG 132属于上述实施例中至少一个 MAG 13。 1101、 MN 12开启该第二接口, 并通过该第二接口发送 L2层附着请求至 第二 MAG 132;  It should be noted that the second MAG 132 belongs to at least one MAG 13 in the foregoing embodiment. 1101, MN 12 opens the second interface, and sends an L2 layer attach request to the second MAG 132 through the second interface;
1102、 第二 MAG132将该 L2层附着请求承载于第三承载消息中, 并将该 第三承载消息发送至 SDN控制器 11 ;  The first MAG 132 carries the L2 layer attach request in the third bearer message, and sends the third bearer message to the SDN controller 11;
1103、 SDN控制器 11 根据接收到的该第三承载消息确定第一数据流从 MN 12的第一接口移动到该 MN 12的第二接口;  1103. The SDN controller 11 determines, according to the received third bearer message, that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN 12 to the second interface of the MN 12.
另夕卜, 当 MN 12具有两个以上的接口时, SDN控制器还可以通过任意一 个接口对应的 MAG接收第四承载消息,第四承载消息中包含 L2层附着请求; 然后根据第四承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN 的第一接口移动到 MN 的第二接口。  In addition, when the MN 12 has more than two interfaces, the SDN controller may also receive the fourth bearer message by using the MAG corresponding to any one of the interfaces, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request; It is determined that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
1104、 SDN控制器 11判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该一路径中包含 的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  1104. The SDN controller 11 determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the path.
1105、 当判断结果为该第一路径包含的 MAG与该第二路径包含的 MAG 不为同一个设备, 第一路径包含第一 MAG131 , 第二路径包含第二 MAG132 时, SDN控制器 11确定 LMA 14和该第二路径中第二 MAG 132为需要接收 流表项调整消息的网元设备;  1105. When the judgment result is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, the first path includes the first MAG 131, and the second path includes the second MAG 132, the SDN controller 11 determines the LMA. And the second MAG 132 in the second path is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message;
1106、 SDN控制器 11向 LMA 14发送第一隧道建立消息, 该第一隧道建 立消息包括: 建立 LMA 14与第二 MAG 132之间的隧道配置消息;  1106. The SDN controller 11 sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA 14, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: establishing a tunnel configuration message between the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132.
1107、 LMA 14才艮据接收到的该第一隧道建立消息建立所述 LMA与所述 第二 MAG之间的隧道的 LMA 14侧的隧道接口;  1107. The LMA 14 establishes a tunnel interface on the LMA 14 side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG according to the received first tunnel setup message.
1108、 SDN控制器 11向第二 MAG132发送第二隧道建立消息,该第二隧 道建立消息包括: 建立 LMA 14与第二 MAG 132之间的隧道配置消息;  1108. The SDN controller 11 sends a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG 132, where the second tunnel setup message includes: establishing a tunnel configuration message between the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132.
1109、 第二 MAG 132根据接收到的该第二隧道建立消息建立所述 LMA - - 与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的第二 MAG132侧的隧道接口。 1109. The second MAG 132 establishes the LMA according to the received second tunnel establishment message. - a tunnel interface on the second MAG 132 side of the tunnel with the second MAG.
1110、 SDN控制器 11向第二 MAG 132发送第二流表项调整消息, 该第 二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数据流的通信 地址前缀; 该第二匹配项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中第一数据流从 LMA- 第二 MAG隧道接口转发; 以及该第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹 配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第三匹配项对应的流表 操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口;  The SDN controller 11 sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG 132, where the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; The flow table operation corresponding to the second matching item: forwarding the first data stream in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: The address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the third matching item is: setting a next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface;
1111、 第二 MAG 132根据接收到的该第二流表项调整消息增加该第二流 表项;  The first MAG 132 adds the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message.
1112、 SDN控制器 11向 LMA 14发送第三流表项调整消息, 该第三流表 项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址 前缀; 该第四匹配项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转发;  The SDN controller 11 sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA 14, where the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; The flow table operation corresponding to the four matches: forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface;
1113、 LMA 14根据接收到的该第三流表项调整消息将自身存储的流表项 修改为该第三流表项;  1113. The LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by the LMA to the third flow entry according to the received third flow entry adjustment message.
1114、 SDN控制器 11在 SDN控制器 11确定 LMA 14与第二 MAG 132 调整完流表项时, 将第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在 RA 消息中, 并将该 RA消息发送至第二 MAG 132;  1114. When the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 adjust the flow entry, the SDN controller 11 encapsulates the communication address prefix of the first data stream in the RA message, and sends the RA message to the second message. MAG 132;
1115、 第二 MAG 132将该 RA消息发送至 MN 12。  1115. The second MAG 132 sends the RA message to the MN 12.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中在 MAG设备有多个的情况下, 第一数据 流移动之后, 第一数据流移动之前所在的 MAG中还包含有第一数据流相关的 流表项, 此时 SDN控制器 11 可以发送流表项删除消息至第一数据流移动之 前所在的 MAG中, 该流表项删除消息用于指示该 MAG删除第一数据流相关 的流表项,或者该 MAG在规定的时间内没有使用第一数据流相关的流表项时, 删除该第一数据流相关的流表项。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when there are multiple MAG devices, after the first data stream is moved, the MAG in which the first data stream is moved further includes a flow entry related to the first data flow. At this time, the SDN controller 11 may send the flow entry deletion message to the MAG in which the first data flow is moved. The flow entry deletion message is used to indicate that the MAG deletes the flow entry related to the first data flow, or the MAG. When the flow entry related to the first data flow is not used within the specified time, the flow entry related to the first data flow is deleted.
本实施例中, 当有多个 MAG时, SDN控制器 11确定 LMA 14和第二路 径中第二 MAG 132为需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备之后, SDN控制器 11向 LMA 14发送第一隧道建立消息, 并向第二 MAG 132发送第二隧道建立 消息, 从而建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道, 然后通过向该第二 MAG发 送第二流表项调整消息, 向该 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息,第二 MAG 132 - - 根据接收到的该第二流表项调整消息增加该第二流表项, LMA 14根据接收到 的该第三流表项调整消息将自身存储的流表项修改为该第三流表项,使得第一 数据流从第二接口经由第二 MAG 132发送至 LMA 14, 从而无需网元设备之 间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG 可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。 In this embodiment, when there are multiple MAGs, the SDN controller 11 determines that the LMA 14 and the second MAG 132 in the second path are the network element devices that need to send the flow entry adjustment message, and the SDN controller 11 sends the LMA 14 to the LMA 14. The first tunnel setup message is sent to the second MAG 132 to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and then the second flow entry adjustment message is sent to the second MAG to the LMA. Send a third flow entry adjustment message, the second MAG 132 And adding the second flow entry according to the received second flow entry adjustment message, and the LMA 14 modifies the flow entry stored by the LMA 14 to the third flow table according to the received third flow entry adjustment message. The first data stream is sent from the second interface to the LMA 14 via the second MAG 132, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device MAG can be compared according to the prior art. The controller commands to operate, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
下面对本发明实施例中 SDN控制器进行进一步说明, 请参阅图 12, 本发 明实施例中 SDN控制器一个实施例, 该 SDN控制器包括: 处理器 1201和发 送器 1202;  The SDN controller in the embodiment of the present invention is further described. Referring to FIG. 12, an embodiment of the SDN controller in the embodiment of the present invention includes: a processor 1201 and a transmitter 1202;
处理器 1201, 用于确定需要将第一数据流从该 MN的第一接口移动到该 The processor 1201 is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the
MN的第二接口, 第一接口对应第一数据流的第一路径, 第二接口对应第一数 据流的第二路径, 并判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG 与该第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; a second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, and the MAG included in the second path is determined to be included in the first path Whether the MAG is the same device;
处理器 1201, 还用于根据该判断结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需 要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The processor 1201 is further configured to: determine, according to the determining result, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path;
发送器 1202, 用于向确定的该网元设备发送该流表项调整消息, 该流表 项调整消息用于指示将第一数据流从所述第一路径移动到第二路径传输。  The sender 1202 is configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second path.
另外,流表项调整消息还用于指示网元设备根据流表项调整消息的内容调 整网元设备中的流表项。  In addition, the flow entry adjustment message is further used to instruct the network element device to adjust the flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message.
所述处理器 1201,还用于若所述判断结果为所述第一路径包含的 MAG与 所述第二路径包含的 MAG为同一个设备, 所述同一个设备为第一 MAG, 确 定所述第一 MAG为需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息的网元 设备;  The processor 1201 is further configured to: if the judgment result is that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, and the same device is the first MAG, determining the The first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller;
所述发送器 1202,还用于向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息,所 述第一流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消息 的内容将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项;  The transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts the content of the message according to the first flow entry. Modifying the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry;
所述第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
所述处理器 1201,还用于若所述判断结果为所述第一路径中包含的 MAG 与所述第二路径中包含的 MAG 不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含第一 - - The processor 1201 is further configured to: if the determining result is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first - -
MAG, 所述第二路径中包含第二 MAG, 确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和所述第 二 MAG为需要接收所述流表项调整消息的网元设备; a MAG, where the second path includes a second MAG, and the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
发送器 1202,还用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息,所述第 二流表项调整消息用于指示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调整消息的内 容增加第二流表项; 以及  The transmitter 1202 is further configured to send, by the second MAG, a second flow entry adjustment message, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adjusts the message according to the second flow entry. Adding a second flow entry to the content;
发送器 1202,还用于向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述第三流 表项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容将所述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项;  The transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry The flow entry in the LMA is modified to the third flow entry.
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前 缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第 二接口;  The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发。  The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
所述处理器 1201,还用于确定所述第二 MAG与所述 LMA没有建立隧道; 所述发送器 1202,还用于向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第一 隧道建立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧 道的所述 LMA侧的隧道接口, 所述第一隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA 与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息;  The processor 1201 is further configured to: determine that the second MAG does not establish a tunnel with the LMA; the transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is sent. a tunnel interface on the LMA side that is used to instruct the LMA to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: establishing between the LMA and the second MAG Tunnel configuration message for the tunnel;
所述发送器 1202,还用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息,所述 第二隧道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG 之间的隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建 立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  The transmitter 1202 is further configured to send a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes between the LMA and the second MAG. The tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
所述处理器 1201,还用于确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项; 所述发送器 1202, 还用于将所述第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由 器通告 RA消息中, 并将所述 RA消息通过所述第二 MAG发送给所述 MN。  The processor 1201 is further configured to determine that the LMA and the second MAG adjust a flow entry; the transmitter 1202 is further configured to encapsulate a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA In the message, the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
所述处理器 1201, 还用于获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信 息; - - 所述处理器 1201,还用于根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大 于或等于预置的负载阔值; The processor 1201 is further configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface. The processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the load information, that a load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold;
所述处理器 1201, 还用于获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载 信息,并根据所获取的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息以及所述 MN的位置 从所述其他接口对应的 MAG 中为所述 MN选择所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所述第二接口对应。  The processor 1201 is further configured to acquire the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and obtain the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces and the location of the MN. Selecting the second MAG for the MN, where the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
所述处理器 1201, 还用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The processor 1201 is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an enabled state;
所述 SDN控制器还包括接收器;  The SDN controller further includes a receiver;
所述接收器, 用于接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所述第一承 载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  The receiver is configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
所述处理器 1201, 还用于根据所述第一承载消息确定需要将所述第一数 据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of the MN to a second interface of the MN.
所述处理器 1201, 还用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The processor 1201 is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an enabled state;
所述接收器, 还用于接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所述第二 承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  The receiver is further configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
所述处理器 1201, 还用于根据所述第二承载消息确定需要将所述第一数 据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
所述处理器 1201, 还用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述接收器, 还用于从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第三承载 消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述处理器 1201,还用于根据所述第 三承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的 第二接口; 或者  The processor 1201 is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; the receiver is further configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message is The L2 layer attachment request of the MN is included in the processor, and the processor 1201 is further configured to: according to the third bearer message, determine that the first data flow needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second end of the MN. Interface; or
当所述 MN具有两个以上的接口时, 所述接收器, 还用于从所述 MN的 一个接口对应的 MAG 中接收第四承载消息, 所述第四承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述处理器 1201, 还用于根据所述第四承载消息确定 需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  When the MN has more than two interfaces, the receiver is further configured to receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 of the MN. The layer attachment request, the processor 1201 is further configured to determine, according to the fourth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
所述处理器 1201, 还用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述接收器,用于从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息,所述处理器 1201, 还用于根据所述第五承载消息确定第一数据流从所述 MN 的第一接口移动到 所述 MN的第二接口; - - 所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。 The processor 1201 is further configured to: determine that the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled; the receiver is configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, where the processor 1201 further Determining, according to the fifth bearer message, determining that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; - The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
本实施例中, 当在数据流移动过程中, SDN控制器通过处理器 1201可以 判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG 是否为同一个设备,并根据判断结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收 流表项调整消息的网元设备, 然后通过发送器 1202向确定的该网元设备发送 该流表项调整消息, 以实现将第一数据流从所述第一路径移动到第二路径传 输, 从而无需网元设备之间进行协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 在数据流移动过 程中, 减少了网元设备间的信令交互, 这样网元设备可以适用于任意的 IP协 议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, the SDN controller can determine, by the processor 1201, whether the MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located are the same device. And determining, according to the judgment result, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path, and then sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device by using the transmitter 1202, so as to implement The first data stream is moved from the first path to the second path, so that no negotiation between the network element devices is required, and compared with the prior art, the information between the network element devices is reduced during the data flow moving process. The interaction is such that the network element device can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
下面对用于上述 SDN控制器执行的数据流移动的方法进行说明,请参见图 13, 本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法一个实施例包括:  The following describes the method for the data stream movement performed by the SDN controller. Referring to FIG. 13, an embodiment of the method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention includes:
1301、 SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从该 MN的第一接口移动到该 MN的第二接口, 并且判断第二路径中包含的移动接入网关 MAG与第一路径 中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  1301: The SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, and determines whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path are For the same device;
本实施例中, 第一接口对应第一数据流的第一路径, 第二接口对应第一数 据流的第二路径,第一路径及第二路径均指的是数据流从 MN到 LMA的传输 路径。  In this embodiment, the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, and the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, where the first path and the second path refer to the transmission of the data stream from the MN to the LMA. path.
1302、 SDN控制器根据判断结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接 收流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The SDN controller determines, according to the judgment result, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path;
本实施例中, SDN控制器可以判断第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接口 所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 然后根据判断结果在该第 二路径的网元设备中确定需要发送流表项调整消息的网元设备, 在实际应用 中, SDN控制器所管理的 MAG可以仅有一个, 也可以有多个, 一个 MAG可 以对应一个网络。  In this embodiment, the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, and then the network element device in the second path according to the determination result. The network element device that needs to send the flow entry adjustment message is determined. In an actual application, the MAG managed by the SDN controller may have only one or multiple MAGs, and one MAG may correspond to one network.
1303、 SDN控制器向确定的该网元设备发送该流表项调整消息, 该流表 项调整消息用于指示将第一数据流从第一路径移动到第二路径传输。  1303. The SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second path.
本实施例中, 当在数据流移动过程中, SDN控制器可以判断该第二路径 中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设 备,并根据判断结果在该第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息 - - 的网元设备, 然后向确定的该网元设备发送该流表项调整消息, 以实现将第一 数据流从第一路径移动到第二路径传输,从而无需网元设备之间进行协商, 而 且与现有技术相比, 在数据流移动过程中, 减少了网元设备间的信令交互, 这 样网元设备可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。 In this embodiment, during the data flow, the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located are the same device, and according to the judgment result. Determining that the flow entry adjustment message needs to be received in the network element device of the second path And the network element device sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, so as to implement the first data flow from the first path to the second path, so that no negotiation between the network element devices is required. Moreover, compared with the prior art, in the data flow moving process, the signaling interaction between the network element devices is reduced, so that the network element device can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
下面以一具体实例对本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法进行描述,请参阅 图 14, 本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法另一实施例, 当仅有一个 MAG设备、 该 MAG为第一 MAG, 且第二接口为已开启状态时, 该方法包括:  The following describes a method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention by using a specific example. Referring to FIG. 14, another embodiment of the method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention, when there is only one MAG device, the MAG is the first When the MAG, and the second interface is in the enabled state, the method includes:
1401、 SDN控制器接收第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息;  1401: The SDN controller receives the first bearer message sent by the first MAG.
本实施例中, SDN控制器可以接收第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息,该第 一承载消息包括第二接口的标识信息, 所述标识信息例如第二接口的名称、编 号等。 在一个实际应用场景中, 例如图 3所示, 初始时, MN将数据流 X通过 接口 1传输到第一 MAG, 然后经由第一 MAG发送至 LMA, 当 SDN控制器 确定需要使用接口 2传输数据流 X时, 第一 MAG可以向 SDN控制器发送第 一承载消息, 第一承载消息用于告知 SDN控制器接口 2的标识信息, SDN控 制器根据第一承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN 的第一接口移动到 MN 的第二接口。 在实际应用中, 由于第二接口为已开启状态, 此时 MN无需通过 第二接口注册到网络中,所以 MN可以直接通过第二接口发送第一数据流到第 一 MAG。  In this embodiment, the SDN controller may receive the first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, where the identifier information is, for example, the name, number, and the like of the second interface. In an actual application scenario, such as shown in FIG. 3, initially, the MN transmits the data stream X to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then sends it to the LMA via the first MAG, when the SDN controller determines that the interface 2 needs to be used to transmit data. When the stream X is sent, the first MAG may send a first bearer message to the SDN controller, where the first bearer message is used to notify the identifier information of the SDN controller interface 2, and the SDN controller determines, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be The first interface of the MN is moved to the second interface of the MN. In the actual application, since the second interface is in the open state, the MN does not need to register with the second interface to the network, so the MN can directly send the first data flow to the first MAG through the second interface.
需要说明的是, 在初始状态时, 第一 MAG包含第一数据流的流表项, 无 论第一数据流从 MN的哪个接口发送至第一 MAG, 该第一 MAG均可以根据 第一数据流的流表项将该第一数据流转发至 LMA, 故, 当第一 MAG发送第 一承载消息至 SDN控制器时, 第一 MAG可以将从第二接口接收的第一数据 流转发至 LMA, 当然第一 MAG也可以在接收到第一流表项调整消息之后, 再发送第一数据流至 LMA。  It should be noted that, in the initial state, the first MAG includes a flow entry of the first data flow, and the first MAG may be based on the first data flow, regardless of which interface of the MN is sent to the first MAG. The flow entry forwards the first data flow to the LMA. Therefore, when the first MAG sends the first bearer message to the SDN controller, the first MAG may forward the first data stream received from the second interface to the LMA. Of course, the first MAG may send the first data stream to the LMA after receiving the first flow entry adjustment message.
1402、 SDN控制器根据该第一承载消息确定需要将该第一数据流从该 MN 的第一接口移动到该 MN的第二接口;  1402: The SDN controller determines, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
1403、 SDN控制器判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第 一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  1403. The SDN controller determines whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located.
本实施例中, SDN控制器可以判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接 口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 由于本实施例是在仅为 - - 一个 MAG设备的前提下,那么判断结果一定为第一路径与该第二路径中 MAG 为同一个, 且同一个 MAG为第一 MAG, 然后执行步骤 1404。 In this embodiment, the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, because this embodiment is only - - On the premise of a MAG device, the judgment result must be that the first path is the same as the MAG in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG, and then step 1404 is performed.
1404、SDN控制器确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设 备;  1404. The SDN controller determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
1405, SDN控制器向该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息。  1405. The SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
本实施例中, 当判断结果为该第一路径与该第二路径中 MAG为同一个, 且同一个 MAG为第一 MAG, SDN控制器确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表 项调整消息的网元设备,第一流表项调整消息用于指示该第一 MAG将该第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项, 第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一 匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第一匹配项对应的流 表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  In this embodiment, when the result of the determination is that the first path is the same as the MAG in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG, the SDN controller determines that the first MAG needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message. The network element device, the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, and the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: The address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item is: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
本实施例中, 当仅有一个 MAG时, SDN控制器的判断结果为第二路径中 包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG 为同一个设备, SDN控制器根据判断结果确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网 元设备, 然后向该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 从而无需网元设备之 间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG 可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there is only one MAG, the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, and the SDN controller determines As a result, it is determined that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and then sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and Compared with the technology, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
请参见图 15, 当仅有一个 MAG设备、 该 MAG为第一 MAG, 且在第一 数据流移动前, 第二接口为未开启状态时, 本发明实施例中数据流移动的方法 另一实施例, 包括:  Referring to FIG. 15, another method for moving a data stream in the embodiment of the present invention when there is only one MAG device, the MAG is the first MAG, and the second interface is in an unopened state before the first data stream moves. For example, including:
1501、当该 MN将未开启的该第二接口开启时, SDN控制器从该第一 MAG 接收第五承载消息;  1501: When the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled, the SDN controller receives the fifth bearer message from the first MAG.
本实施例中, 由于初始时, MN的第二接口为未开启状态, 所以在需要进 行数据流转移之前, MN需要将未开启的该第二接口开启, 在开启之后 MN向 第一 MAG发送 L2层附着请求, 以请求第一 MAG将 MN的第二接口接入第 一 MAG, 第一 MAG接收到 MN发送的 L2层附着请求, 将 L2层附着请求封 装在第五承载消息中, 然后将第五承载消息发送给 SDN控制器。  In this embodiment, the MN needs to open the second interface that is not enabled before the data stream is transferred, and the MN sends the L2 to the first MAG after the data stream is forwarded. a layer attach request, to request the first MAG to access the second interface of the MN to the first MAG, the first MAG receives the L2 layer attach request sent by the MN, encapsulates the L2 layer attach request in the fifth bearer message, and then Five bearer messages are sent to the SDN controller.
1502、 SDN控制器根据第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN的第 一接口移动到 MN的第二接口; - - 1502: The SDN controller determines, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; - -
1503、 SDN控制器判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第 一路径中包含的 MAG为同一个设备; 1503. The SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located.
本实施例中, SDN控制器可以判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接 口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 由于本实施例是在仅为 一个 MAG设备的前提下, 那么判断结果一定为第一路径包含的 MAG与该第 二路径包含的 MAG为同一个, 且同一个 MAG为第一 MAG, 然后执行步骤 1504。  In this embodiment, the SDN controller may determine whether the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, because the embodiment is only one MAG device. The judgment result must be that the MAG included in the first path is the same as the MAG included in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG, and then step 1504 is performed.
1504、 SDN控制器确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设 备;  1504. The SDN controller determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
1505、 SDN控制器向该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息。  1505. The SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG.
本实施例中, 当判断结果为该第一路径与该第二路径中 MAG为同一个, 且同一个 MAG为第一 MAG, SDN控制器确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表 项调整消息的网元设备,第一流表项调整消息用于指示该第一 MAG将该第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项, 第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一 匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第一匹配项对应的流 表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  In this embodiment, when the result of the determination is that the first path is the same as the MAG in the second path, and the same MAG is the first MAG, the SDN controller determines that the first MAG needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message. The network element device, the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG modifies the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, and the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: The address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the first matching item is: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
本实施例中, 当仅有一个 MAG时, SDN控制器的判断结果为该第二路径 中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG为同一个设备, SDN控制器根据判断结果确定该第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网 元设备, 然后向该第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 从而无需网元设备之 间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG 可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there is only one MAG, the SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located, and the SDN controller is configured according to the SDN controller. The determining result determines that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, and then sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, so that negotiation of data flow between the network element devices is not required, and Compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
请参见图 16, 本实施例中, 网络中有多个 MAG设备, 所述多个 MAG设 备包括第一 MAG和第二 MAG, 且第二接口为已开启状态, 对应地, 本实施 例数据流转移的触发条件为第一 MAG负载过载,本实施例中数据流移动的方 法包括:  Referring to FIG. 16, in this embodiment, the network has multiple MAG devices, and the multiple MAG devices include a first MAG and a second MAG, and the second interface is in an open state, correspondingly, the data flow in this embodiment. The triggering condition of the transfer is that the first MAG load is overloaded. The method for moving the data flow in this embodiment includes:
1601 , SDN控制器获取获取第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息; 在实际应用中, 负载信息可以为 MN接入第一 MAG的接口的数量信息, MAG接入的 MN的接口的数量越多, 负载就越大。 - - The SDN controller obtains the load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface. In actual applications, the load information may be the quantity information of the interface that the MN accesses the first MAG, and the number of interfaces of the MN that the MAG accesses is more. More, the load will be bigger. - -
1602、 SDN控制器根据所述负载信息确定第一 MAG的负载大于或等于预 置的负载阔值; 1602. The SDN controller determines, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold;
1603、 SDN控制器根据获取 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息; 1603. The SDN controller obtains load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN.
1604、 SDN控制器根据获取到的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息以及 MN的位置从其他接口对应的 MAG中为 MN选择第二 MAG; 1604, the SDN controller selects a second MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface and the location of the MN;
本实施例中, 第一 MAG对应第一接口, 第二 MAG对应第二接口, 所选 择的第二 MAG可以是所有 MAG中负载小于预置的负载阔值的 MAG, 也可 以可以是所有 MAG中负载最轻的 MAG。  In this embodiment, the first MAG is corresponding to the first interface, and the second MAG is corresponding to the second interface, and the selected second MAG may be the MAG in which the load of all the MAGs is less than the preset load threshold, or may be in all the MAGs. The lightest load MAG.
1605、 SDN控制器接收该第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息;  1605. The SDN controller receives the second bearer message sent by the second MAG.
本实施例中, 初始时, 由于第二接口为已开启状态, 第二路径中的 LMA 与 MAG之间已经建立了隧道, 所以第二 MAG可以直接向 SDN控制器发送 第二承载消息。  In this embodiment, the second MAG can directly send a second bearer message to the SDN controller, because the second interface is in the open state, and the tunnel is established between the LMA and the MAG in the second path.
1606、 SDN控制器根据该第二承载消息确定该第一数据流从该 MN的第 一接口移动到该 MN的第二接口;  1606. The SDN controller determines, according to the second bearer message, that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
本实施例中, 第二承载消息包括该第二接口的标识信息, 然后 SDN控制 器可以根据第二承载消息中的第二接口的标识信息确定需要将该第一数据流 从 MN的第一接口移动到 MN的第二接口。  In this embodiment, the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface, and then the SDN controller may determine, according to the identifier information of the second interface in the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be from the first interface of the MN. Move to the second interface of the MN.
下面举例进行说明, 例如图 5所示, 初始时, MN将数据流 X及数据流 Y 均通过接口 1输出到第一 MAG,然后第一 MAG将数据流 X及数据流 Y输出 到 LMA, LMA为数据流 X分配的通信地址前缀为 pref 1, 为数据流 Y分配的 通信地址前缀为 pref2。 第一 MAG中分别保存有对数据流 X及数据流 Y进行 转发的流表项, 数据流 X对应的流表项具有的通信地址前缀为 prefl , 数据流 Y对应的流表项具有的通信地址前缀为 pref2。  The following is an example. For example, as shown in FIG. 5, initially, the MN outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the first MAG through the interface 1, and then the first MAG outputs the data stream X and the data stream Y to the LMA, LMA. The communication address prefix assigned to data stream X is pref 1, and the communication address prefix assigned to stream Y is pref2. A flow entry for forwarding the data flow X and the data flow Y is stored in the first MAG, and the flow entry corresponding to the data flow X has a communication address prefix of prefl, and the flow entry corresponding to the flow entry Y has a communication address. The prefix is pref2.
在某一时刻, SDN控制器获取第一 MAG的负载信息, 当确定第一 MAG 的负载信息大于或等于预置的负载阔值时, 确定需要将数据流 Y进行接口转 移。 SDN控制器获取 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息, 根据 MN的 位置从其他 MAG 中获取负载最轻或负载小于负载阔值的 MAG作为第二 MAG, 第二 MAG对应接口 2, 这样 SDN控制器就确定了需要将数据流 Y从 接口 1转移到接口 2。 由于接口 2为已开启状态, 此时 MN无需通过接口 2注 册到网络中, 第二 MAG直接向 SDN控制器发送第一承载消息, 第一承载消 - - 息中包括第二接口的标识信息, 这样 SDN控制器就确定了需要将数据流 Y转 移到第二接口。 At a certain time, the SDN controller acquires the load information of the first MAG. When it is determined that the load information of the first MAG is greater than or equal to the preset load threshold, it is determined that the data stream Y needs to be interface-transferred. The SDN controller obtains the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and obtains the MAG with the lightest load or the load less than the load threshold as the second MAG according to the location of the MN, and the second MAG corresponds to the interface 2, so that the SDN control The device determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred from interface 1 to interface 2. Since the interface 2 is in the open state, the MN does not need to register to the network through the interface 2, and the second MAG sends the first bearer message directly to the SDN controller. - The information includes the identification information of the second interface, so that the SDN controller determines that the data stream Y needs to be transferred to the second interface.
1607、 SDN控制器判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的 第一路径中包含的 MAG不为同一个设备;  1607. The SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is not the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located.
在实际应用中, 由于限定了有多个 MAG的条件, 根据协议规定, 对于一 个 MN, 该 MN每一个接口对应一个 MAG设备, 例如, MN 1有三个接口, 接口 A、 接口 B和接口 C, 此时接口 A对应 MAG A、 接口 B对应 MAG B和 接口 C对应 MAG C, 具体在本实施例中, 判断结果一定为该第一路径与该第 二路径中 MAG 不为同一个, 第一路径包含第一 MAG, 第二路径包含第二 MAG。  In an actual application, since a condition of having multiple MAGs is defined, according to the protocol, for an MN, each interface of the MN corresponds to one MAG device. For example, the MN 1 has three interfaces, an interface A, an interface B, and an interface C. In this case, the interface A corresponds to the MAG A, the interface B corresponds to the MAG B, and the interface C corresponds to the MAG C. Specifically, in this embodiment, the determination result must be that the first path and the second path are not the same MAG, the first path. The first MAG is included, and the second path includes the second MAG.
1608、 SDN控制器确定 LMA和该第二路径中第二 MAG为需要接收流表 项调整消息的网元设备;  1608. The SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
在实际应用中, 由于第一数据流移动到第二路径中传输, 所以第二路径中 的第二 MAG和 LMA均没有转发第一数据流的流表项, 所以确定 LMA和第 二路径中第二 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备。  In a practical application, since the first data stream moves to the second path, the second MAG and the LMA in the second path do not forward the flow entry of the first data stream, so the LMA and the second path are determined. The second MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message.
1609、 SDN控制器向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息;  1609. The SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG.
本实施例中,第二流表项调整消息用于指示该第二 MAG增加第二流表项, 该第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数据流的 通信地址前缀; 该第二匹配项对应的流表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转发; 以及该第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第三匹配项对应 的流表操作: 将流表项中的第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  In this embodiment, the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds a second flow entry, and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is the first data. The flow address prefix of the flow; the flow table operation corresponding to the second match: forwarding the first data flow in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes The third matching item: the destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream; the flow table operation corresponding to the third matching item: setting the next hop of the first data stream in the flow entry to the second interface.
1610、 SDN控制器向该 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息。  1610. The SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA.
本实施例中, 第三流表项调整消息用于指示该 LMA将该 LMA中的流表 项修改为第三流表项, 该第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的 地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 该第四匹配项对应的流表操作: 将流 表项中的第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转发。  In this embodiment, the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA changes the flow entry in the LMA to a third flow entry, and the content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth match: The destination address prefix is the communication address prefix of the first data stream. The flow table operation corresponding to the fourth matching item is: forwarding the first data stream in the flow entry from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 每个数据流所对应的通信地址前缀不同, 如 图 5所示, 数据流 X的通信地址前缀为 prefl, 数据流 Y的通信地址前缀为 pref2,且当某一数据流转移到其他路径进行传输时,其通信地址前缀保持不变。 - - 此外, 在向第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息及向 LMA发送第三流表 项调整消息之后, SDN控制器还可以确定 LMA与第二 MAG是否调整完流表 项, 若是, 则将第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA消息中, 然 后通过第二 MAG将 RA消息发送给 MN。 It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the communication address prefix corresponding to each data stream is different. As shown in FIG. 5, the communication address prefix of the data stream X is prefl, and the communication address prefix of the data stream Y is pref2, and When a data stream is transferred to another path for transmission, its communication address prefix remains unchanged. After the second flow entry adjustment message is sent to the second MAG and the third flow entry adjustment message is sent to the LMA, the SDN controller may further determine whether the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and if so, Then, the communication address prefix of the first data stream is encapsulated in the router advertisement RA message, and then the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
本实施例中, 当有多个 MAG时, SDN控制器可以通过第一 MAG的负载 状态信息和 MN的位置为 MN选择第二 MAG, 并根据该第二 MAG发送的第 二承载消息确定该第一数据流从该 MN的第一接口移动到该 MN的第二接口, 然后 SDN控制器确定 LMA和该第二路径中第二 MAG为需要接收流表项调整 消息的网元设备, 并向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 向该 LMA发 送第三流表项调整消息,使得第一数据流从 MN的第二接口经由第二 MAG发 送至 LMA, 从而无需网元设备之间进行数据流移动的协商, 而且与现有技术 相比,网元设备 MAG可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操作,这样网元设备 MAG 可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约了成本。  In this embodiment, when there are multiple MAGs, the SDN controller may select the second MAG for the MN by using the load state information of the first MAG and the location of the MN, and determine the first according to the second bearer message sent by the second MAG. a data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, and then the SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message, and The second MAG sends a second flow entry adjustment message, and sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, so that the first data flow is sent from the second interface of the MN to the LMA via the second MAG, so that no need is needed between the network element devices. The data stream movement negotiation is performed, and compared with the prior art, the network element device MAG can operate according to the SDN controller instruction, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving cost in network construction.
请参见图 17, 本实施例中, 网络中有多个 MAG设备, 所述多个 MAG设 备包括第一 MAG和第二 MAG, 初始时, 第二接口为未开启状态, 对应地, 本实施例数据流转移的触发条件为将未开启的第二接口开启,本实施例中数据 流移动的方法包括:  Referring to FIG. 17, in this embodiment, there are multiple MAG devices in the network, and the multiple MAG devices include a first MAG and a second MAG. In the initial state, the second interface is in an unopened state, correspondingly, this embodiment The triggering condition of the data stream transfer is to enable the second interface that is not enabled. The method for moving the data stream in this embodiment includes:
1701、 当该 MN将未开启的该第二接口开启时, 该 SDN控制器从该第二 MAG接收第三承载消息;  1701: When the MN opens the second interface that is not enabled, the SDN controller receives a third bearer message from the second MAG.
本实施例中, 第一接口对应第一数据流的第一路径, 第二接口对应第一数 据流的第二路径, 初始时第一数据流通过第一路径进行传输。  In this embodiment, the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, and the second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, where the first data stream is initially transmitted through the first path.
由于初始时, MN的第二接口为未开启状态, 当 MN将未开启的该第二接 口开启之后, 触发数据流的移动, 在开启之后 MN向第二 MAG发送 L2层附 着请求, 以请求第二 MAG将 MN的第二接口接入第二 MAG, 第二 MAG接 收到 MN发送的 L2层附着请求, 将 L2层附着请求封装在第三承载消息中, 然后将第三承载消息发送给 SDN控制器。  Since the second interface of the MN is initially in an unopened state, after the MN turns on the second interface that is not enabled, the data stream is triggered to be moved. After being turned on, the MN sends an L2 layer attach request to the second MAG to request the first The second MAG accesses the second interface of the MN to the second MAG, and the second MAG receives the L2 layer attach request sent by the MN, encapsulates the L2 layer attach request in the third bearer message, and then sends the third bearer message to the SDN control. Device.
1702、 SDN控制器根据第三承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从 MN的第 一接口移动到 MN的第二接口;  1702, the SDN controller determines, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
1703、 SDN控制器判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接口所在的第 一路径中包含的 MAG为同一个设备; - - 本实施例中, SDN控制器可以判断该第二路径中包含的 MAG与该第一接 口所在的第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 由于本实施例是在具有 多个 MAG设备的前提下, 那么判断结果一定为第一路径包含的 MAG与该第 二路径包含的 MAG为不为同一个设备, 第一路径包含第一 MAG, 第二路径 包含第二 MAG, 然后执行步骤 1704。 1703. The SDN controller determines that the MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located. In this embodiment, the SDN controller can determine whether the MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path where the first interface is located are the same device, because the embodiment has multiple MAGs. On the premise of the device, the judgment result must be that the MAG included in the first path and the MAG included in the second path are not the same device, the first path includes the first MAG, and the second path includes the second MAG, and then the steps are performed. 1704.
1704、 SDN控制器确定 LMA和第二 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的 网元设备;  1704. The SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message.
由于 MN的第二接口为新开启接口,所以第二路径中的第二 MAG与 LMA 之间还没有建立隧道, 需要先通过步骤 1705及 1706先建立隧道。  Since the second interface of the MN is a newly opened interface, a tunnel is not established between the second MAG and the LMA in the second path, and the tunnel is first established through steps 1705 and 1706.
1705、 SDN控制器向 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息;  1705. The SDN controller sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA.
第一隧道建立消息用于指示 LMA建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道的 LMA侧的隧道接口, 第一隧道建立消息包括: 建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的 隧道的隧道配置消息。  The first tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel interface on the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
1706、 SDN控制器向第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息;  1706. The SDN controller sends a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG.
第二隧道建立消息用于指示第二 MAG建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧 道的第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 第二隧道建立消息包括: 建立 LMA 与第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  The second tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel interface on the second MAG side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and the second tunnel establishment message includes: establishing a tunnel configuration of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG Message.
1707、 SDN控制器向第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息,第二流表项调 整消息用于指示第二 MAG根据第二流表项调整消息的内容增加第二流表项; 第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数据流 的通信地址前缀; 流表操作:将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第 一数据流的通信地址前缀;流表操作:将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  1707. The SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the second flow entry according to the content of the second flow entry adjustment message. The content of the flow entry adjustment message includes: a second match: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; a flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; and the The content of the second-flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
1708、 SDN控制器向 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 第三流表项调整消 息用于指示 LMA根据第三流表项调整消息的内容将 LMA中的流表项修改为 第三流表项;  1708. The SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the LMA to modify the flow entry in the LMA to the third flow table according to the content of the third flow entry adjustment message. Item
第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一数据 流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口转 发。  The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
需要说明的是, 本实施例中, 每个数据流所对应的通信地址前缀不同, 如 - - 图 5所示, 数据流 X的通信地址前缀为 prefl, 数据流 Y的通信地址前缀为 pref2,且当某一数据流转移到其他路径进行传输时,其通信地址前缀保持不变。 It should be noted that, in this embodiment, the communication address prefix corresponding to each data stream is different, such as - - As shown in Figure 5, the communication address prefix of data stream X is prefl, the communication address prefix of data stream Y is pref2, and when a certain data stream is transferred to another path for transmission, its communication address prefix remains unchanged.
此外, 在向第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息及向 LMA发送第三流表 项调整消息之后, SDN控制器还可以确定 LMA与第二 MAG是否调整完流表 项, 若是, 则将第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA消息中, 然 后通过第二 MAG将 RA消息发送给 MN  In addition, after the second flow entry adjustment message is sent to the second MAG and the third flow entry adjustment message is sent to the LMA, the SDN controller may further determine whether the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and if yes, The communication address prefix of the first data stream is encapsulated in the router advertisement RA message, and then the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
需要说明的是, 本发明实施例中在 MAG设备有多个的情况下, 第一数据 流移动之后, 第一数据流移动之前所在的 MAG中还包含有第一数据流相关的 流表项, 此时 SDN控制器可以发送流表项删除消息至第一数据流移动之前所 在的 MAG中, 该流表项删除消息用于指示该 MAG删除第一数据流相关的流 表项, 或者该 MAG在规定的时间内没有使用第一数据流相关的流表项时, 删 除该第一数据流相关的流表项。  It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present invention, when there are multiple MAG devices, after the first data stream is moved, the MAG in which the first data stream is moved further includes a flow entry related to the first data flow. At this time, the SDN controller may send the flow entry deletion message to the MAG where the first data flow is moved. The flow entry deletion message is used to indicate that the MAG deletes the flow entry related to the first data flow, or the MAG is in the MAG. If the flow entry related to the first data flow is not used within the specified time, the flow entry related to the first data flow is deleted.
本实施例中, 当有多个 MAG时, SDN控制器确定 LMA和该第二路径中 第二 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备之后, SDN控制器向该 LMA 发送第一隧道建立消息, 并向该第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 从而建立 LMA与第二 MAG之间的隧道, 然后通过向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调 整消息, 向该第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 使得第一数据流从第二接 口经由第二 MAG发送至 LMA, 从而无需网元设备之间进行数据流移动的协 商, 而且与现有技术相比, 网元设备 MAG可以根据 SDN控制器指令进行操 作, 这样网元设备 MAG可以适用于任意的 IP协议, 进而在网络建设中节约 了成本。  In this embodiment, when there are multiple MAGs, after the SDN controller determines that the LMA and the second MAG in the second path are the network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message, the SDN controller sends the first tunnel to the LMA. Establishing a message, and sending a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, so as to establish a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, and then sending a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, and sending the message to the second MAG The second flow entry adjustment message is sent to the LMA from the second interface by using the second MAG, so that the negotiation of the data flow between the network element devices is not required, and the network element device is compared with the prior art. The MAG can operate according to the SDN controller command, so that the network element device MAG can be applied to any IP protocol, thereby saving costs in network construction.
另外需说明的是, 以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的, 其中所述作 部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元, 即可以位于一个地方, 或者也可以分布 到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部模块来实现 本实施例方案的目的。 另外, 本发明提供的装置实施例附图中, 模块之间的连 接关系表示它们之间具有通信连接,具体可以实现为一条或多条通信总线或信 号线。本领域普通技术人员在不付出创造性劳动的情况下,即可以理解并实施。  It should be noted that the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative, and the components may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the modules may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment. Further, in the drawings of the apparatus embodiments provided by the present invention, the connection relationship between the modules indicates that there is a communication connection therebetween, and specifically, one or more communication buses or signal lines can be realized. Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand and implement without any creative effort.
通过以上的实施方式的描述,所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到本发 明可借助软件加必需的通用硬件的方式来实现,当然也可以通过专用硬件包括 - - 专用集成电路、 专用 CPU、 专用存储器、 专用元器件等来实现。 一般情况下, 凡由计算机程序完成的功能都可以很容易地用相应的硬件来实现, 而且, 用来 实现同一功能的具体硬件结构也可以是多种多样的, 例如模拟电路、数字电路 或专用电路等。但是,对本发明而言更多情况下软件程序实现是更佳的实施方 式。基于这样的理解, 本发明的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的 部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在可读取的存储 介质中, 如计算机的软盘, U盘、 移动硬盘、 只读存储器(ROM, Read-Only Memory )、 随机存取存 4诸器(RAM, Random Access Memory )、 磁碟或者光盘 等, 包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机, 服务器, 或 者网络设备等)执行本发明各个实施例所述的方法。 Through the description of the above embodiments, those skilled in the art can clearly understand that the present invention can be implemented by means of software plus necessary general hardware, and of course can also be included by dedicated hardware. - - ASIC, dedicated CPU, dedicated memory, dedicated components, etc. In general, functions performed by computer programs can be easily implemented with the corresponding hardware. Moreover, the specific hardware structure used to implement the same function can be various, such as analog circuits, digital circuits, or dedicated circuits. Circuits, etc. However, for the purposes of the present invention, software program implementation is a better implementation in more cases. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present invention, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, may be embodied in the form of a software product stored in a readable storage medium, such as a floppy disk of a computer. , U disk, mobile hard disk, read-only memory (ROM, Read-Only Memory), random access memory (RAM, Random Access Memory), disk or optical disk, etc., including a number of instructions to make a computer device (may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) performs the methods described in various embodiments of the present invention.
以上对本发明实施例所提供的一种数据流移动的方法、 网络系统及 SDN 控制器进行了详细介绍,对于本领域的一般技术人员,依据本发明实施例的思 想, 在具体实施方式及应用范围上均会有改变之处, 因此, 本说明书内容不应 理解为对本发明的限制。  The method for the data flow movement, the network system, and the SDN controller provided by the embodiment of the present invention are described in detail. For those skilled in the art, according to the idea of the embodiment of the present invention, the specific implementation manner and the application range There is a change in the above, and therefore, the content of the present specification should not be construed as limiting the invention.

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1、 一种软件自定义网络 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器包 括:  A software custom network SDN controller, characterized in that: the SDN controller comprises:
第一确定单元,用于确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移 动到所述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所 述第二接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并且判断所述第二路径中包含的 移动接入网关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  a first determining unit, configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, where Determining, by the second interface, the second path of the first data stream, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
第二确定单元,用于根据所述第一确定单元的判断结果在所述第二路径的 网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备;  a second determining unit, configured to determine, according to the determining result of the first determining unit, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message in the network element device of the second path;
第一发送单元,用于向所述第二确定单元确定的需要接收流表项调整消息 的网元设备发送所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第 一数据流从所述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。  a first sending unit, configured to send, to the network element device that is required to receive the flow entry adjustment message, by the second determining unit, the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first A data stream is moved from the first path to the second path.
2、根据权利要求 1所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述流表项调整消 息还用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消息的内容调整所述网元设 备中的流表项。  The SDN controller according to claim 1, wherein the flow entry adjustment message is further configured to instruct the network element device to adjust the content of the message according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message. Flow entry.
3、 根据权利要求 2所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第二确定单 元具体用于,在所述判断结果为所述第一路径包含的 MAG与所述第二路径包 含的 MAG 为同一个设备, 所述同一个设备为第一 MAG 时, 确定所述第一 MAG为需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The SDN controller according to claim 2, wherein the second determining unit is configured to: in the determining result, the MAG included in the first path and the MAG included in the second path When the same device is the same device, the first MAG is determined to be a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message;
所述第一发送单元具体用于,向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 所述第一流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消 息的内容将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项;  The first sending unit is configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts a message according to the first flow entry. Modifying, by the content, the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry;
所述第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
4、根据权利要求 2所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第二确定单元 具体用于,在所述判断结果为所述第一路径中包含的 MAG与所述第二路径中 包含的 MAG不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含第一 MAG, 所述第二路 径中包含第二 MAG时, 确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和所述第二 MAG为需要 接收所述流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The SDN controller according to claim 2, wherein the second determining unit is configured to: include, in the MAG included in the first path, the second path, in the determining result The MAG is not the same device, the first path includes the first MAG, and when the second path includes the second MAG, determining that the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG need to receive the flow table The NE device of the item adjustment message;
所述第一发送单元包括: 第一发送子单元, 用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 所述 第二流表项调整消息用于指示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调整消息的 内容增加第二流表项; The first sending unit includes: a first sending subunit, configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adjusts the message according to the second flow entry Adding a second flow entry to the content;
第二发送子单元, 用于向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述第三 流表项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容将所 述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项;  a second sending subunit, configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry The flow entry in the LMA is modified to be a third flow entry.
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配前项: 目的地址 前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为 第二接口;  The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching pre-term: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream to the first Two interfaces;
所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发。  The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
5、根据权利要求 4所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单元 还用于,在确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN 的第二接口之前, 确定所述第二路径中所述第二 MAG与所述 LMA没有建立 隧道;  The SDN controller according to claim 4, wherein the first determining unit is further configured to: when determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the MN Before the second interface, determining that the second MAG in the second path does not establish a tunnel with the LMA;
所述 SDN控制器还包括:  The SDN controller further includes:
第二发送单元, 用于向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第一隧道 建立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的 所述 LMA侧的隧道接口, 所述第一隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA与所 述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息; 以及  a second sending unit, configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes the LMA side of a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG The tunneling interface, the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
第三发送单元, 用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 所述第二 隧道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间 的隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建立所 述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  a third sending unit, configured to send a second tunnel establishment message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel establishment message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG The tunnel interface of the second MAG side, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
6、 根据权利要求 4或 5所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控 制器还包括:  The SDN controller according to claim 4 or 5, wherein the SDN controller further comprises:
第三确定单元, 用于确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项; 封装单元, 用于将所述第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA 消息中; a third determining unit, configured to determine that the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry; An encapsulating unit, configured to encapsulate a communication address prefix of the first data stream in a router advertisement RA message;
第四发送单元,用于将所述 RA消息通过所述第二 MAG发送给所述 MN。  And a fourth sending unit, configured to send the RA message to the MN by using the second MAG.
7、根据权利要求 4至 6任意一项所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述 第一确定单元包括:  The SDN controller according to any one of claims 4 to 6, wherein the first determining unit comprises:
获取子单元, 用于获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息; 第一确定子单元,用于根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大于 或等于预置的负载阔值;  Obtaining a subunit, configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, where the first determining subunit is configured to determine, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load Value
所述获取子单元还用于,获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信 息;  The acquiring subunit is further configured to acquire load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN;
所述第一确定单元还包括:  The first determining unit further includes:
选择子单元,用于根据所述获取子单元获取到的其他接口对应的 MAG的 负载信息以及所述 MN的位置从所述其他接口对应的 MAG中为所述 MN选择 所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所述第二接口对应。  a sub-unit, configured to select the second MAG for the MN according to the load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface acquired by the acquiring sub-unit and the location of the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface. The second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
8、 根据权利要求 3所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单 元包括:  The SDN controller according to claim 3, wherein the first determining unit comprises:
第二确定子单元, 用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  a second determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
第一接收子单元, 用于接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所述第 一承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  a first receiving subunit, configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
第三确定子单元,用于根据所述第一承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流 从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  And a third determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
9、根据权利要求 4所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单元 包括:  The SDN controller according to claim 4, wherein the first determining unit comprises:
第四确定子单元, 用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  a fourth determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
第二接收子单元, 用于接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所述第 二承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  a second receiving subunit, configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface;
第五确定子单元,用于根据所述第二承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流 从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  And a fifth determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
10、 根据权利要求 4所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单 元包括: 第六确定子单元, 用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 第三接收子单元, 用于从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第三承 载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求; The SDN controller according to claim 4, wherein the first determining unit comprises: a sixth determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and a third receiving subunit, configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message is Including an L2 layer attach request of the MN;
第七确定子单元,用于根据所述第三承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 或者  a seventh determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; or
第四接收子单元, 用于在所述 MN具有两个以上的接口时, 从所述 MN 的一个接口对应的 MAG中接收到第四承载消息, 所述第四承载消息中包含所 述 MN的 L2层附着请求;  a fourth receiving subunit, configured to: when the MN has more than two interfaces, receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the MN L2 layer attachment request;
第八确定子单元,用于根据所述第四承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  And an eighth determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the fourth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
11、 根据权利要求 3所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述第一确定单 元包括:  The SDN controller according to claim 3, wherein the first determining unit comprises:
第九确定子单元, 用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 第五接收子单元, 用于从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息;  a ninth determining subunit, configured to determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and a fifth receiving subunit, configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG;
第十确定子单元,用于根据所述第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口;  a tenth determining subunit, configured to determine, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于所述 MN请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。  The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used by the MN to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
12—种网络系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统包括: 移动节点 MN、 软件自定 义网络 SDN控制器和至少一个移动接入网关 MAG;  A network system, the system comprising: a mobile node MN, a software custom network SDN controller, and at least one mobile access gateway MAG;
所述 SDN控制器, 用于确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移 动到所述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所 述第二接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并且判断所述第二路径中包含的 The SDN controller is configured to determine that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to the first path of the first data stream, The second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, and determines that the second path is included
MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备; Whether the MAG and the MAG included in the first path are the same device;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于根据判断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确 定需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送的流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The SDN controller is further configured to: determine, according to the determination result, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller in the network element device of the second path;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元 设备发送所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第一数据 流从所述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。  The SDN controller is further configured to send the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data is to be sent The flow moves from the first path to the second path.
13、 根据权利要求 12所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述流表项调整消息还 用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消息的内容调整所述网元设备中 的流表项。 The system according to claim 12, wherein the flow entry adjustment message is further And the device is configured to instruct the network element device to adjust a flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message.
14、 根据权利要求 13所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述至少一个 MAG中 包含第一 MAG;  The system according to claim 13, wherein the at least one MAG includes a first MAG;
所述 SDN控制器,具体用于在所述判断结果为所述第一路径包含的 MAG 与所述第二路径包含的 MAG为同一个设备,所述同一个设备为所述第一 MAG 时, 确定所述第一 MAG为需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息 的网元设备;  The SDN controller is specifically configured to: when the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the same device is the first MAG, Determining that the first MAG is a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller;
所述 SDN控制器,具体用于向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 所述第一流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消 息的内容将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项, 所述第一流表项调 整消息的内容包括:第一匹配项:目的地址前缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。  The SDN controller is configured to send a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to instruct the first MAG to adjust the content of the message according to the first flow entry. Modifying the flow entry in the first MAG to the first flow entry, where the content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first match: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data flow; Action: Set the next hop of the first data stream to the second interface.
15、 根据权利要求 13所述的系统, 其特征在于, 所述系统还包括: 本地 移动锚定点 LMA, 所述至少一个 MAG中包含第一 MAG及第二 MAG;  The system according to claim 13, wherein the system further comprises: a local mobile anchor point LMA, wherein the at least one MAG includes a first MAG and a second MAG;
所述 SDN控制器, 具体用于在所述判断结果为所述第一路径中包含的 MAG与所述第二路径中包含的 MAG不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含 所述第一 MAG, 所述第二路径中包含所述第二 MAG时, 确定所述 LMA和 所述第二 MAG为需要接收所述流表项调整消息的网元设备;  The SDN controller is specifically configured to: when the determining result is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, where the first path includes the first a MAG, where the second path includes the second MAG, determining that the LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
所述 SDN控制器, 具体用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息 以,所述第二流表项调整消息用于指示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调 整消息的内容增加第二流表项;  The SDN controller is specifically configured to send a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG is configured according to the second flow entry. Adjusting the content of the message to add a second flow entry;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述 第三流表项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容 将所述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项;  The SDN controller is further configured to send a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry. The flow entry in the LMA is modified to a third flow entry;
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前 缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第 二接口; 所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发。 The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second interface; The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
16、 根据权利要求 15所述的系统, 其特征在于:  16. The system of claim 15 wherein:
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于在确定需要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN的第 一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口之前确定所述第二路径中所述第二 MAG与 所述 LMA没有建立隧道;  The SDN controller is further configured to determine the second MAG in the second path before determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN The LMA does not establish a tunnel;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第 一隧道建立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的 隧道的所述 LMA侧的隧道接口,所述第一隧道建立消息包括:建立所述 LMA 与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息;  The SDN controller is further configured to send a first tunnel setup message to the LMA, where the first tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the LMA establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG. a tunnel interface on the LMA side, the first tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 所 述第二隧道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG 之间的隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建 立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  The SDN controller is further configured to send a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes between the LMA and the second MAG. The tunnel interface of the second MAG side of the tunnel, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
17、 根据权利要求 15或 16所述的系统, 其特征在于,  17. A system according to claim 15 or claim 16 wherein:
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于在向确定的所述网元设备发送所述流表项调整 消息之后, 确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项, 并将所述第一数 据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA消息中, 将所述 RA消息通过所述 第二 MAG发送给所述 MN。  The SDN controller is further configured to: after the sending the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, determine that the LMA and the second MAG adjust the flow entry, and the first The communication address prefix of the data stream is encapsulated in a router advertisement RA message, and the RA message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
18、 根据权利要求 15至 17中任一项所述的系统, 其特征在于,  18. A system according to any one of claims 15 to 17, wherein
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信 息,根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大于或等于预置的负载阔值, 获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息,并根据所获取的其他接口 对应的 MAG的负载信息以及所述 MN的位置从所述其他接口对应的 MAG中 为所述 MN选择所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所述第二接口对应。  The SDN controller is further configured to acquire load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, and determine, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold, and obtain the The load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface of the MN, and selecting the second MAG for the MN from the MAG corresponding to the other interface according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interface and the location of the MN. The second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
19、 根据权利要求 14所述的系统, 其特征在于,  19. The system of claim 14 wherein:
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The SDN controller is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所 述第一承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息,根据所述第一承载消息确定需 要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。The SDN controller is further configured to receive a first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface, and is determined according to the first bearer message. The first data stream is to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
20、 根据权利要求 15所述的系统, 其特征在于, 20. The system of claim 15 wherein:
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The SDN controller is further configured to determine that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所 述第二承载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息,根据所述第二承载消息确定需 要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller is further configured to receive a second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes identifier information of the second interface, and determining, according to the second bearer message, that the The first data stream moves from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
21、 根据权利要求 15所述的系统, 其特征在于,  21. The system of claim 15 wherein:
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第 三承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 并根据所述第三承载消息确定 需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 或者 当所述 MN 具有两个以上的接口时, 所述 SDN控制器还用于, 从所述 MN的一个接口对应的 MAG中接收第四承载消息, 所述第四承载消息中包含 所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 SDN控制器根据所述第四承载消息确定需 要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; and the SDN controller is further configured to receive a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer is The message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and determining, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; or when the MN When there are more than two interfaces, the SDN controller is further configured to: receive a fourth bearer message from a MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN And determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the fourth bearer message.
22、 根据权利要求 14所述的系统, 其特征在于,  22. The system of claim 14 wherein:
所述 SDN控制器, 还用于确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启; 所述 SDN控制器, 还用于从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息, 并根据 所述第五承载消息确定需要将第一数据流从所述 MN 的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口;  The SDN controller is further configured to: determine that the second interface that is not enabled by the MN is enabled; the SDN controller is further configured to receive a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, and according to the The five bearer message determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN;
所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于所述 MN请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。  The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used by the MN to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
23、 一种软件自定义网络 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 包括:  23. A software custom network SDN controller, characterized in that:
处理器,用于确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所 述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所述第二 接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并判断所述第二路径中包含的移动接入 网关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备, 根据所述判断 的判断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网 元设备;  a processor, configured to determine that a first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of the mobile node MN to a second interface of the MN, where the first interface corresponds to a first path of the first data stream, where The second interface corresponds to the second path of the first data stream, and determines whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path and the MAG included in the first path are the same device, according to the determining Determining, in the network element device of the second path, a network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message;
发送器,用于向所述处理器确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发 送所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第一数据流从所 述第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。 a transmitter, configured to send to the processor, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message And sending the flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is moved from the first path to the second path.
24、 根据权利要求 23所述的 SDN控制器, 其特征在于, 所述流表项调整 消息还用于指示所述网元设备根据所述流表项调整消息的内容调整所述网元 设备中的流表项。  The SDN controller according to claim 23, wherein the flow entry adjustment message is further configured to instruct the network element device to adjust the content of the message according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message. Flow entry.
25、 一种数据流移动的方法, 其特征在于, 所述方法包括:  25. A method of moving a data stream, the method comprising:
SDN控制器确定需要将第一数据流从移动节点 MN的第一接口移动到所 述 MN的第二接口,所述第一接口对应所述第一数据流的第一路径,所述第二 接口对应所述第一数据流的第二路径,并且判断所述第二路径中包含的移动接 入网关 MAG与所述第一路径中包含的 MAG是否为同一个设备;  The SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the mobile node MN to the second interface of the MN, the first interface corresponding to the first path of the first data stream, the second interface Corresponding to the second path of the first data stream, and determining whether the mobile access gateway MAG included in the second path is the same device as the MAG included in the first path;
所述 SDN控制器根据判断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接 收由所述 SDN控制器发送的流表项调整消息的网元设备;  Determining, by the SDN controller, the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller in the network element device of the second path according to the determination result;
所述 SDN控制器向所述确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送 所述流表项调整消息,所述流表项调整消息用于指示将所述第一数据流从所述 第一路径移动到所述第二路径传输。  The SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message, where the flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first data flow is from the The first path moves to the second path transmission.
26、 根据权利要求 25所述的方法, 所述流表项调整消息还用于指示所述 网元设备根据所述流表项调整消息的内容调整所述网元设备中的流表项。  The method according to claim 25, wherein the flow entry adjustment message is further used to instruct the network element device to adjust a flow entry in the network element device according to the content of the flow entry adjustment message.
27、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器根据判 断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流 表项调整消息的网元设备具体包括:  The method according to claim 26, wherein the SDN controller determines, in the network element device of the second path, that it needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller according to the determination result. The NE device specifically includes:
若所述判断结果为所述第一路径包含的 MAG 与所述第二路径包含的 MAG为同一个设备, 所述同一个设备为第一 MAG, 所述 SDN控制器确定所 述第一 MAG为需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流表项调整消息的网元设备; 所述 SDN控制器向所述确定的需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送 所述流表项调整消息具体为:  If the result of the determination is that the MAG included in the first path is the same device as the MAG included in the second path, the same device is the first MAG, and the SDN controller determines that the first MAG is And the network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller; the SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device that needs to receive the flow entry adjustment message, specifically :
所述 SDN控制器向所述第一 MAG发送第一流表项调整消息, 所述第一 流表项调整消息用于指示所述第一 MAG根据所述第一流表项调整消息的内容 将所述第一 MAG中的流表项修改为第一流表项;  The SDN controller sends a first flow entry adjustment message to the first MAG, where the first flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the first MAG adjusts the content of the message according to the first flow entry The flow entry in the MAG is modified to be the first flow entry.
所述第一流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第一匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第二接口。 The content of the first flow entry adjustment message includes: a first matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting a next hop of the first data stream as the second interface.
28、 根据权利要求 26所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器根据判 断结果在所述第二路径的网元设备中确定需要接收由所述 SDN控制器发送流 表项调整消息的网元设备具体包括: The method according to claim 26, wherein the SDN controller determines, in the network element device of the second path, that it needs to receive a flow entry adjustment message sent by the SDN controller according to the determination result. The NE device specifically includes:
若所述判断结果为所述第一路径中包含的 MAG与所述第二路径中包含的 MAG 不为同一个设备, 所述第一路径中包含第一 MAG, 所述第二路径中包 含第二 MAG,则所述 SDN控制器确定本地移动锚定点 LMA和所述第二 MAG 为需要接收所述流表项调整消息的网元设备;  If the result of the determination is that the MAG included in the first path is not the same device as the MAG included in the second path, the first path includes a first MAG, and the second path includes a first path. a second MAG, wherein the SDN controller determines that the local mobility anchor point LMA and the second MAG are network element devices that need to receive the flow entry adjustment message;
所述 SDN控制器向所述确定需要接收流表项调整消息的网元设备发送所 述流表项调整消息具体包括:  And the sending, by the SDN controller, the flow entry adjustment message to the network element device that is required to receive the flow entry adjustment message includes:
所述 SDN控制器向所述第二 MAG发送第二流表项调整消息, 所述第二 流表项调整消息用于指示所述第二 MAG根据所述第二流表项调整消息的内容 增加第二流表项; 以及  The SDN controller sends a second flow entry adjustment message to the second MAG, where the second flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the second MAG adds the content of the second flow entry adjustment message. Second flow entry;
所述 SDN控制器向所述 LMA发送第三流表项调整消息, 所述第三流表 项调整消息用于指示所述 LMA根据所述第三流表项调整消息的内容将所述 LMA中的流表项修改为第三流表项;  The SDN controller sends a third flow entry adjustment message to the LMA, where the third flow entry adjustment message is used to indicate that the LMA adjusts the content of the message according to the third flow entry to be in the LMA. The flow entry is modified to the third flow entry;
所述第二流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第二匹配项: 源地址前缀为第一数 据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接口 转发; 以及所述第二流表项调整消息的内容还包括: 第三匹配项: 目的地址前 缀为第一数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流的下一跳设置为第 二接口;  The content of the second flow entry adjustment message includes: a second matching item: the source address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface; And the content of the second flow entry adjustment message further includes: a third matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: setting the next hop of the first data stream to the second Interface
所述第三流表项调整消息的内容包括: 第四匹配项: 目的地址前缀为第一 数据流的通信地址前缀; 流表操作: 将第一数据流从 LMA-第二 MAG隧道接 口转发。  The content of the third flow entry adjustment message includes: a fourth matching item: the destination address prefix is a communication address prefix of the first data stream; and the flow table operation: forwarding the first data stream from the LMA-second MAG tunnel interface.
29、 根据权利要求 28所述的方法, 其特征在于, 在所述 SDN控制器确定 需要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口之前, 所述方法还包括:  29. The method of claim 28, wherein the method is prior to the SDN controller determining that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN Also includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述第二 MAG与所述 LMA没有建立隧道; 所述 SDN控制器向所述 LMA发送第一隧道建立消息, 所述第一隧道建 立消息用于指示所述 LMA建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的所 述 LMA侧的隧道接口, 所述第一隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA与所述 第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息; The SDN controller determines that the second MAG does not establish a tunnel with the LMA; the SDN controller sends a first tunnel establishment message to the LMA, where the first tunnel establishment message is used to indicate the LMA establishment a tunnel interface on the LMA side of the tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG, where the first tunnel establishment message includes: establishing the LMA and the Tunnel configuration message of the tunnel between the second MAGs;
所述 SDN控制器向所述第二 MAG发送第二隧道建立消息, 所述第二隧 道建立消息用于指示所述第二 MAG建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的 隧道的所述第二 MAG侧的隧道接口, 所述第二隧道建立消息包括: 建立所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG之间的隧道的隧道配置消息。  The SDN controller sends a second tunnel setup message to the second MAG, where the second tunnel setup message is used to indicate that the second MAG establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG. The tunnel interface of the second MAG, the second tunnel establishment message includes: a tunnel configuration message that establishes a tunnel between the LMA and the second MAG.
30、 根据权利要求 28或 29 所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器 向确定的所述网元设备发送所述流表项调整消息之后还包括:  The method according to claim 28 or 29, wherein, after the SDN controller sends the flow entry adjustment message to the determined network element device, the method further includes:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述 LMA与所述第二 MAG调整完流表项; 所述 SDN控制器将所述第一数据流的通信地址前缀封装在路由器通告 RA消息中, 并将所述 RA消息通过所述第二 MAG发送给所述 MN。  Determining, by the SDN controller, the LMA and the second MAG to adjust a flow entry; the SDN controller encapsulates a communication address prefix of the first data flow in a router advertisement RA message, and the RA A message is sent to the MN through the second MAG.
31、 根据权利要求 28至 30任一权利要求所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器确定需要将所述第一数据流从所述 MN 的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括:  31. The method according to any one of claims 28 to 30, wherein the SDN controller determines that the first data stream needs to be moved from a first interface of the MN to a first end of the MN The second interface specifically includes:
所述 SDN控制器获取所述第一接口对应的第一 MAG的负载信息; 所述 SDN控制器根据所述负载信息确定所述第一 MAG的负载大于或等 于预置的负载阔值;  The SDN controller acquires load information of the first MAG corresponding to the first interface, and the SDN controller determines, according to the load information, that the load of the first MAG is greater than or equal to a preset load threshold;
所述 SDN控制器获取所述 MN的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息, 并 根据所获取的其他接口对应的 MAG的负载信息以及所述 MN的位置从所述其 他接口对应的 MAG中为所述 MN选择所述第二 MAG, 所述第二 MAG与所 述第二接口对应。  The SDN controller acquires load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces of the MN, and according to the acquired load information of the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces, and the location of the MN is from the MAG corresponding to the other interfaces. The MN selects the second MAG, and the second MAG corresponds to the second interface.
32、 根据权利要求 27所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器确定需 要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括: 所述 SDN控制器确定所述第二接口为已开启状态;  The method according to claim 27, wherein the determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN comprises: the SDN The controller determines that the second interface is in an open state;
所述 SDN控制器接收所述第一 MAG发送的第一承载消息, 所述第一承 载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息;  Receiving, by the SDN controller, the first bearer message sent by the first MAG, where the first bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface;
所述 SDN控制器根据所述第一承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller determines, based on the first bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
33、 根据权利要求 28所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器确定需 要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括: 所述 SDN控制器确定所述第二接口为已开启状态; 所述 SDN控制器接收所述第二 MAG发送的第二承载消息, 所述第二承 载消息包括所述第二接口的标识信息; The method according to claim 28, wherein the determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN comprises: the SDN The controller determines that the second interface is in an open state; The SDN controller receives the second bearer message sent by the second MAG, where the second bearer message includes the identifier information of the second interface;
所述 SDN控制器根据所述第二承载消息确定需要将所述第一数据流从所 述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  The SDN controller determines, based on the second bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN.
34、 根据权利要求 28所述的方法, 其特征在于, 所述 SDN控制器确定需 要将第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括: 所述 SDN控制器确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启;  The method according to claim 28, wherein the determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN comprises: the SDN The controller determines that the MN opens the second interface that is not turned on;
所述 SDN控制器从所述第二 MAG接收第三承载消息, 所述第三承载消 息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 并根据所述第三承载消息确定需要将第 一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 或者  The SDN controller receives a third bearer message from the second MAG, where the third bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and determines, according to the third bearer message, that the first data stream needs to be The first interface of the MN moves to the second interface of the MN; or
当所述 MN具有两个以上的接口时, 所述 SDN控制器从所述 MN的一个 接口对应的 MAG中接收第四承载消息,所述第四承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求,所述 SDN控制器根据所述第四承载消息确定需要将第一数据 流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口。  When the MN has more than two interfaces, the SDN controller receives a fourth bearer message from the MAG corresponding to an interface of the MN, where the fourth bearer message includes the L2 layer attach request of the MN. And determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN according to the fourth bearer message.
35、 根据权利要求 27述的方法, 其特征在于, SDN控制器确定需要将第 一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口具体包括:  The method according to claim 27, wherein the determining, by the SDN controller, that the first data stream needs to be moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN comprises:
所述 SDN控制器确定所述 MN将未开启的所述第二接口开启;  Determining, by the SDN controller, that the MN opens the second interface that is not turned on;
所述 SDN控制器从所述第一 MAG接收第五承载消息, 并根据所述第五 承载消息确定第一数据流从所述 MN的第一接口移动到所述 MN的第二接口; 所述第五承载消息中包含所述 MN的 L2层附着请求, 所述 MN的 L2层 附着请求用于请求通过所述第二接口接入到所述第一 MAG。  Receiving, by the SDN controller, a fifth bearer message from the first MAG, and determining, according to the fifth bearer message, that the first data stream is moved from the first interface of the MN to the second interface of the MN; The fifth bearer message includes an L2 layer attach request of the MN, and the L2 layer attach request of the MN is used to request access to the first MAG by using the second interface.
PCT/CN2014/078309 2014-05-23 2014-05-23 A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream WO2015176318A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201480030146.9A CN105308936A (en) 2014-05-23 2014-05-23 A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream
PCT/CN2014/078309 WO2015176318A1 (en) 2014-05-23 2014-05-23 A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2014/078309 WO2015176318A1 (en) 2014-05-23 2014-05-23 A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015176318A1 true WO2015176318A1 (en) 2015-11-26

Family

ID=54553266

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2014/078309 WO2015176318A1 (en) 2014-05-23 2014-05-23 A method, network system, and sdn controller for moving a data stream

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN105308936A (en)
WO (1) WO2015176318A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090245149A1 (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-01 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Multi-Protocol Label Switching Support for Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol Version 6
CN101600193A (en) * 2009-06-22 2009-12-09 华为技术有限公司 Stream switching method, system and the network equipment
CN102892172A (en) * 2012-09-17 2013-01-23 清华大学 Seamless interface switching method for PMIPv6 (Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol v6) multi-connection mobile nodes
CN103516699A (en) * 2012-06-30 2014-01-15 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for achieving data stream switching

Family Cites Families (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101848454B (en) * 2009-03-26 2014-01-01 华为技术有限公司 Method for assigning prefix, network system and local mobile anchor point
CN101902792B (en) * 2010-07-09 2013-07-24 中国科学院计算技术研究所 Proxy mobile IPv6 vertical switching method

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20090245149A1 (en) * 2008-03-31 2009-10-01 Futurewei Technologies, Inc. Multi-Protocol Label Switching Support for Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol Version 6
CN101600193A (en) * 2009-06-22 2009-12-09 华为技术有限公司 Stream switching method, system and the network equipment
CN103516699A (en) * 2012-06-30 2014-01-15 华为技术有限公司 Method, device and system for achieving data stream switching
CN102892172A (en) * 2012-09-17 2013-01-23 清华大学 Seamless interface switching method for PMIPv6 (Proxy Mobile Internet Protocol v6) multi-connection mobile nodes

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105308936A (en) 2016-02-03

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7416368B2 (en) Control plane-based configuration for time-sensitive networking
US11178717B2 (en) Traffic distribution method through multi-access network in a network and network entity performing the same
CN104427489B (en) A kind of communication switching, method for building up and equipment
KR102088721B1 (en) SDN-based LTE Network Architecture and Operations
US20190357082A1 (en) Traffic distribution method through multi-access network in a network and network entity performing the same
JP2021518079A (en) Packet transmission methods, devices, and systems
WO2017201722A1 (en) Communication control method, and related network element
EP2820803A1 (en) Data forwarding in a mobile communications network system with centralized gateway apparatus controlling distributed gateway elements
WO2016150140A1 (en) Processing method and system for control packet in sdn-based gateway
WO2014086280A1 (en) Method, device and system for processing wireless network user access
US9668176B2 (en) Method for selecting shunt gateway and controller
WO2019225326A1 (en) User device, control device, and communication control method
WO2019198721A1 (en) User equipment, control device, and communication control method
WO2015003393A1 (en) Message processing method and device
WO2013053133A1 (en) Service data transmission processing method, device and communication system
WO2022067818A1 (en) Data transmission method and apparatus
WO2018082070A1 (en) Data packet processing method, control plane network element and user plane network element
CN116097751A (en) Re-anchoring with SMF reselection
CN107148061B (en) LTE and WLAN heterogeneous network switching system and method based on SDN
US20140341131A1 (en) Method and apparatus for enhancing voice service performance in communication system
JP6050720B2 (en) System and method for migrating gateway session information in core network
WO2018045515A1 (en) Data offloading method and related device
EP3454588B1 (en) Method and device for transmitting messages
EP3364610B1 (en) Method, device and system for deploying service stream forwarding function
JP6499283B2 (en) Paging method, related device, and system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 201480030146.9

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14892286

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14892286

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1